Hi Force Product Catalog 2020

PRODUCT
CATALOG
NORTHWEST STATES DISTRIBUTOR

SEATTLE 208-391-3895
HI-FORCE MISSION STATEMENT
To support our valued customers through the design, manufacture and supply of first class
products and services of exceptional quality, to assist them to gain competitive advantage in
their markets.
To sustain our vision and mission by constantly seeking improvement via continuous education
and learning, and the application of the best available technology and business practices.
To provide a pleasant, nurturing and growth orientated environment, which encourages our
employees to be highly productive and to grow both personally and professionally.
To develop diversified markets, that provide stability, and adequate financial returns and allow
us to achieve our vision and provide opportunities for existing and future employees.
www.hi-force.com
1
EINHORN ENGINEERING, PLLC
Through the application of classical mechanical engineering and machine design skills, we
work to provide solutions for projects involving load handling, launch recovery systems, towed
and deployable equipment. In support of these products, and as stand-alone projects, we
also specialize in the design of fluid power systems for mobile, offshore, and custom
applications.
Our philosophy is that engineering solutions to these unique problems require the engineer to
see their design through from concept to application. This hands-on approach delivers a
product that performs as required in the often unpredictable marine environment. Thus, our
engineers are involved at each step of the entire design cycle. Starting at concept
development and project planning, we follow each project through fabrication oversight and
quality control, to test and evaluation.
In addition to engineering solutions we also provide test planning and field support. We have
planned and executed a variety of test operations in many parts of the world, working with
organizations in the commercial, scientific, and government sectors.
einhornengineering.com
2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CYLINDER & SETS Low height, multi-purpose, hollow piston, double acting and high 5
tonnage cylinders, sets and saddles
Manual, electric, air, gasoline engine driven, split flow electric pumps,
PUMPS 27
synchronous lifting systems and accessories
SYSTEM COMPONENTS Hoses, oil, pressure gauges, manifolds, couplers, fittings and control valves 53
JACKS 65
Multi-purpose, compact and machine lift low height jacks
TOUGHLIFT 71
ToughLift jacking systems and accessories
Manual, pneumatic and hydraulic torque wrenches, multipliers, pumps

TORQUE TOOLS and accessories 77
Hydraulic tensioners and tensioner nuts, manual and air driven pumps
BOLT TENSIONERS and accessories 99
Hydraulic and self-contained nut splitters, hydraulic and mechanical

NUT SPLITTERS & SPREADERS flange spreaders and kits 117
HYDROTEST PUMPS Manually operated and air driven hydrotest pumps and accessories 127
Self-contained and heavy duty hydraulic pullers, pin and bush

PULLER KITS replacement tool kits 137
Hydraulic crimping tools, cable cutters, chain cutters and wire rope
CRIMPERS & CUTTERS cutters 147
Multi-purpose and heavy duty skates and skate kits

SKATES 159
Heavy duty workshop presses with wide choice of hydraulic systems and
PRESSES load capacities 167
SPECIALITY TOOLS Hole punchers, pipe benders and tool storage boxes 171
CONTACTS Hi-Force Contacts Worldwide 180

HI-FORCE HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
The extensive range of Hi-Force hydraulic cylinders

includes a wide choice of options related to capacity,
stroke length, single or double acting operation, steel or
aluminum construction, hollow piston center hole and
mechanical failsafe lock ring designs. All models are
10000 psi maximum working pressure and capacities
range from 5 tons to 1115 tons, with special design
cylinders also available on request. There is a Hi-Force
hydraulic cylinder to suit every application and the
high quality design and construction of all models,
using the best available materials, ensures that Hi-Force
hydraulic cylinders can cope with the most demanding
applications in the harshest working conditions. Suitable
manual and powered pumps for use with Hi-Force
cylinders can be found on pages 26 to 52.
4
HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
SELECTION TABLE 6
HVL RANGE 7
Single acting very low height pancake cylinders
HPS RANGE 8
Single acting low height pad cylinders
HLS RANGE 9
Single acting low height cylinders
HSS RANGE 10
Single acting multi-purpose cylinders
HHS RANGE 11
Single acting hollow piston cylinders
HHR RANGE 12
Double acting hollow piston cylinders
HDA RANGE 13
Double acting high tonnage cylinders
HFL RANGE 14
Single acting low height failsafe lock ring cylinders
HFG RANGE 15
Single acting failsafe lock ring cylinders
HAS RANGE 16
Single acting solid piston aluminum cylinders
HHA RANGE 17
Single acting hollow piston aluminum cylinders
HFA RANGE 18
Single acting failsafe lock ring aluminum cylinders
HRA RANGE 19
Double acting high tonnage aluminum cylinders
HGG RANGE 20
Single acting load return high tonnage industrial cylinders
HSG RANGE 21
Single acting load return high tonnage construction cylinders
HPC RANGE 22
Single acting pull cylinders
PUMP AND CYLINDER SETS 23

Pump and cylinder sets
CYLINDER SADDLES & PISTON ROD 24

Cylinder saddles and piston rod thread specifications
CYLINDER SADDLES & PISTON ROD 25

Saddles and piston rod drawings
CYLINDER & SETS

5
SELECTION TABLE HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
SELECTION TABLE FOR HI-FORCE STANDARD RANGE CYLINDERS
Cylinder Maximum lifting capacity of cylinders (tons)
stroke (in) 5 11-12 16-22 25-35 36-41 55-57 67-80 112-121 162-167 220-287 353-439 573-892 1115
0.24 HPS50 HVL10 HVL20 HVL30 HVL50 HVL100

0.39 HPS100
0.43 HPS200
0.47 HPS300
0.59 HPS500
0.63 HPS51 HPS750 HPS1000 HPS1500
HSS101
0.99 HSS51 HLS301 HLS501 HLS1001 HLS1501
HHS101
1.58 HLS101
1.73 HLS201
HFL2002
1.77 HFL1502 HFL4002 HFL5002
HFL2502
1.97 HSS52 HHS102 HSS152 HHS202 HHS302 HFL1002 HLS1502 HFG2002
HSS502
HSS252 HFL502 HFG1002
HAS302 HHR302 HFG502 HAS1002
2.01 HHA182 HFG1502
HFA302 HHA372 HAS502 HFA1002
HRA302 HFA502 HRA1002
HRA502
2.21 HSS102
2.36 HLS302 HLS502 HLS1002
2.96 HSS53
HHS603 HHS1003
2.99 HHR603 HHR1003
3.94 HSS54 HSS104 HSS154 HFG1004 HFG1504
HSS504
4.02 HSS254 HSS1004
HFG504
4.14 HHA504
4.93 HSS55
HHS206 HFG1006
5.91 HSS106 HSS156 HHR306 HFG506 HHS606 HFG1506 HFG3006
HSS256 HHS1006
5.95 HFG4006
HSS506 HDA1006
HDA256 HDA2006 HDA5006
HDA506 HHR1006 HDA3006
HAS306 HSS756 HDA1506 HFG2006 HFG5006 HDA10006
5.99 HHS106 HHS306 HAS506 HAS1006 HDA4006
HFA306 HHR606 HSG1506 HSG2006 HDA8006 HFG10006
HFA506 HFA1006 HSG3006
HRA306 HFG2506 HFG8006
HRA506 HRA1006
6.03 HSS1006
6.11 HGG1506 HGG2006 HGG3006
6.93 HSS57
8 HSS258 HSS508 HHR1508 HHR2508
8.08 HSS308
8.12 HSS108
8.94 HSS59
9.85 HSS1010 HSS1510 HSS2510
10.01 HHR6010 HSS10010
HAS3012 HAS5012 HAS10012
12.02 HSS1012 HFA3012 HHR3012 HFA5012 HFA10012 HDA15012 HDA20012 HDA30012
HRA3012 HRA5012 HRA10012
HDA5013
13 HDA10013
HSS5013
14.03 HSS2514
18.01 HSS2518
20.02 HDA5020
Main characteristics of Hi-Force cylinder range

Cylinder range
Page Cylinder principle Return action Piston feature Saddle Stroke limiting device
HVL 7 single acting load/gravity return solid piston integrated stop ring
HPS 8 single acting spring assisted return solid piston integrated stop ring
HLS 9 single acting spring assisted return solid piston integrated stop ring
HSS 10 single acting spring assisted return solid piston several options available stop ring
HHS 11 single acting spring assisted return hollow piston several options available stop ring
HHR 12 double acting hydraulic return hollow piston several options available stop ring
HDA 13 double acting hydraulic return solid piston several options available stop ring
HFL 14 single acting load⁄gravity return threaded piston & lock ring tilting saddle restriction port
HFG 15 single acting load⁄gravity return threaded piston & lock ring tilting saddle restriction port
HAS 16 single acting spring assisted return solid piston flat saddle stop ring
HHA 17 single acting spring assisted return hollow piston several options available stop ring
HFA 18 single acting spring assisted return threaded piston & lock ring tilting saddle stop ring
HRA 19 double acting hydraulic return solid piston flat saddle stop ring
HGG 20 single acting load/gravity return solid piston tilting saddle stop ring
HSG 21 single acting load/gravity return solid piston tilting saddle restriction port
6 [email protected] www.hi-force.com Northwest Region (Seattle) - 208-391-3895

HVL RANGE HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
HVL | SINGLE ACTING VERY LOW HEIGHT PANCAKE CYLINDERS
Capacities from 11 to 115 tons
Stroke length 0.24 inches
Working pressure 10000 psi
` Single acting, load return

` Compact, very low height design for access in narrow spaces
` Nitrocarburized piston rod for corrosion resistance
` Low friction bearing surfaces
` Anti-extrusion seals for improved performance at high pressures
D C
A
E
Note: All models, excluding HVL100, are fitted with extension nipple for required coupling clearance
(drawing is without coupling extension nipple).
HVL10 also available with 16 inches extension hose and coupling. Please add suffix ‘H’ to model number.
Base of all HVL cylinders must be fully supported during use.
Model Capacity Stroke Oil capacity Cylinder eff. area Weight Dimensions (in)
number (tons) (in) (in3) (in2) (lbs) A B C D E
HVL10 11 0.24 0.55 2.23 3.5 1.1 3.43 1.5 4.37 0.63
HVL20 22 0.24 1.04 4.43 5.7 1.26 4.1 2.05 4.37 0.75
HVL30 35 0.24 1.65 7.07 6.6 1.34 4.73 2.36 4.37 0.77
HVL50 55 0.24 2.62 11.05 15.9 1.77 6.23 2.96 4.37 1.14
HVL100 115 0.24 5.37 22.71 34.4 2.56 7.88 3.94 2.99 1.46
[email protected] www.hi-force.com Northwest Region (Seattle) - 208-391-3895 7

HPS RANGE HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
HPS | SINGLE ACTING LOW HEIGHT PAD CYLINDERS
Stroke lengths from 0.24 to 0.63 inches
Handle
(HPS1000 & HPS1500) G1 G2
` Single acting, spring assisted return

` Low closed height design for use in confined work areas
` Low friction bearing surfaces H C
E F
3 inches D
A
I
Model Capacity Stroke Oil capacity Cylinder eff. Weight Dimensions (in)
number (tons) (in) (in3) area (in2) (lbs) A B C D E F G1 G2 H I
HPS50 5 0.24 0.24 0.99 1.8 1.26 2.36 1.5 0.95 0.79 0.75 0.22 0.38 1.02 0.75
HPS51 5 0.63 0.61 0.99 2.0 1.65 2.36 1.5 0.95 0.79 0.75 0.22 0.38 1.02 0.75
HPS100 11 0.39 0.85 2.23 3.5 1.81 3.19 2.21 1.5 1.34 1.1 0.27 0.44 1.46 0.75
HPS200 22 0.43 1.89 4.43 5.7 2.05 3.94 2.99 2.01 1.58 1.54 0.35 0.56 1.97 0.75
HPS300 35 0.47 3.36 7.07 9.3 2.32 4.53 3.74 2.36 1.81 1.89 0.35 0.56 2.05 0.75
HPS500 55 0.59 6.53 11.05 14.6 2.64 5.52 4.49 2.76 2.13 2.36 0.43 0.68 2.64 0.79
HPS750 80 0.63 10 15.92 22.9 3.19 6.5 5.52 3.23 2.64 2.76 0.51 0.75 2.99 0.83
HPS1000 120 0.63 14.95 23.78 51.1 3.59 8.47 7.09 4.49 2.96 3.55 0.5 0.75 5.12 1.14
HPS1500 162 0.63 20.13 31.96 62.8 3.94 8.47 7.53 4.49 3.27 3.74 0.51 0.75 4.61 1.14

HLS RANGE HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
HLS | SINGLE ACTING LOW HEIGHT CYLINDERS
C
3 inches
` Single acting, spring assisted return A

` Compact design with optimum stroke lengths
` Nitrocarburized piston rod for corrosion resistance F
B
45 degrees *
*HLS101 features 2 base mounting holes at 90° from coupler
Model Capacity Stroke Oil capacity Cylinder eff. area Weight Dimensions (in) (unless otherwise stated)
number (tons) (in) (in3) (in2) (lbs) A B C D E F
HLS101 11 1.58 3.54 2.23 5.3 3.74 2.76 1.5 M8 1.58 0.75
HLS201 22 1.73 7.69 4.43 10.6 4.02 3.55 2.01 M8 2.36 0.75
HLS301 35 0.99 6.95 7.07 11.0 3.27 4.02 2.36 M8 3.15 0.75
HLS302 35 2.36 16.71 7.07 15.4 4.69 4.02 2.36 M8 3.15 0.75
HLS501 55 0.99 10.86 11.05 18.5 3.59 5 2.76 M8 3.15 0.79
HLS502 55 2.36 26.11 11.05 22.9 4.96 5 2.76 M8 3.15 0.79
HLS1001 120 0.99 23.42 23.78 43.7 4.26 7.01 4.49 M12 5.52 1.18
HLS1002 120 2.36 56.18 23.78 52.9 5.63 7.01 4.49 M12 5.52 1.18
HLS1501 162 0.99 31.48 31.96 81.6 5.12 8.51 4.49 M12 6.5 1.62
HLS1502 162 1.97 62.89 31.96 92.6 6.11 8.51 4.49 M12 6.5 1.62

HSS RANGE HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
HSS | SINGLE ACTING MULTI-PURPOSE CYLINDERS
D
*
` Single acting, spring assisted return *see pages 24 and 25 E

` Nitrocarburized piston rod for corrosion resistance Note: Cylinder base and piston rod
mountings on all models (except C
HSS308) for easy positioning
` Anti-extrusion seals for improved
performance at high pressures A
` Collar threads withstand full load
` Grooved saddles fitted as standard on all models G
` Optional piston rod saddles listed on pages 24 and 25 H
F
B
3 inches
Model Capacity Stroke Oil capacity Cylinder eff. Weight Dimensions (in) (unless otherwise stated)
number (tons) (in) (in3) area (in2) (lbs) A B C D E F G H
HSS51 5 0.99 0.98 0.99 2.2 4.22 1.5 0.95 1 ½”-16 UN 1.1 M6 0.99 0.75
HSS52 5 1.97 1.95 0.99 2.6 5.2 1.5 0.95 1 ½”-16 UN 1.1 M6 0.99 0.75
HSS53 5 2.96 2.93 0.99 3.1 6.19 1.5 0.95 1 ½”-16 UN 1.1 M6 0.99 0.75
HSS54 5 3.94 3.9 0.99 3.3 7.17 1.5 0.95 1 ½”-16 UN 1.1 M6 0.99 0.75
HSS55 5 4.93 4.88 0.99 4.0 8.16 1.5 0.95 1 ½”-16 UN 1.1 M6 0.99 0.75
HSS57 5 6.93 6.89 0.99 4.4 10.17 1.5 0.95 1 ½”-16 UN 1.1 M6 0.99 0.75
HSS59 5 8.94 8.91 0.99 5.3 12.14 1.5 0.95 1 ½”-16 UN 1.1 M6 0.99 0.75
HSS101 11 0.99 2.2 2.23 4.0 3.94 2.25 1.38 2 ¼”-14 UN 1.06 M8 1.58 0.75
HSS102 11 2.21 4.94 2.23 5.3 5.16 2.25 1.38 2 ¼”-14 UN 1.06 M8 1.58 0.75
HSS104 11 3.94 8.78 2.23 6.6 6.9 2.25 1.38 2 ¼”-14 UN 1.06 M8 1.58 0.75
HSS106 11 5.91 13.24 2.23 9.3 8.87 2.25 1.38 2 ¼”-14 UN 1.06 M8 1.58 0.75
HSS108 11 8.12 18.12 2.23 11.0 11.07 2.25 1.38 2 ¼”-14 UN 1.06 M8 1.58 0.75
HSS1010 11 9.85 22.02 2.23 11.9 12.81 2.25 1.38 2 ¼”-14 UN 1.06 M8 1.58 0.75
HSS1012 11 12.02 26.84 2.23 13.7 14.93 2.25 1.38 2 ¼”-14 UN 1.06 M8 1.58 0.75
HSS152 16 1.97 6.16 3.15 7.5 6.07 2.76 1.62 2 ¾”-16 UN 1.54 M10 1.89 0.75
HSS154 16 3.94 12.38 3.15 11.0 8.04 2.76 1.62 2 ¾”-16 UN 1.54 M10 1.89 0.75
HSS156 16 5.91 18.54 3.15 14.6 10.01 2.76 1.62 2 ¾”-16 UN 1.54 M10 1.89 0.75
HSS1510 16 9.85 30.93 3.15 19.4 13.95 2.76 1.62 2 ¾”-16 UN 1.54 M10 1.89 0.75
HSS252 28 2.01 10.86 5.41 14.3 6.86 3.39 2.13 3 5⁄16”-12 UN 1.93 M12 2.36 0.99
HSS254 28 4.02 21.72 5.41 17.6 8.87 3.39 2.13 3 5⁄16”-12 UN 1.93 M12 2.36 0.99
HSS256 28 5.91 31.96 5.41 21.2 10.76 3.39 2.13 3 5⁄16”-12 UN 1.93 M12 2.36 0.99
HSS258 28 8 43.25 5.41 24.7 12.77 3.39 2.13 3 5⁄16”-12 UN 1.93 M12 2.36 0.99
HSS2510 28 9.85 53.31 5.41 27.8 14.74 3.39 2.13 3 5⁄16”-12 UN 1.93 M12 2.36 0.99
HSS2514 28 14.03 75.76 5.41 37.0 18.91 3.39 2.13 3 5⁄16”-12 UN 1.93 M12 2.36 0.99
HSS2518 28 18.01 97.42 5.41 47.2 24.07 3.39 2.13 3 5⁄16”-12 UN 1.93 M12 2.36 0.99
HSS308 32 8.08 52.46 6.49 41.0 14.74 4.02 2.25 3 5⁄16”-12 UN 1.97 - - 1.97
HSS502 55 2.01 22.2 11.05 28.7 5.91 5 3.11 5"-12 UN 2.17 M12 3.35 0.79
HSS504 55 4.02 44.41 11.05 37.0 7.92 5 3.11 5"-12 UN 2.17 M12 3.35 0.79
HSS506 55 5.99 66.12 11.05 44.1 9.89 5 3.11 5"-12 UN 2.17 M12 3.35 0.79
HSS508 55 8 88.33 11.05 51.1 11.9 5 3.11 5"-12 UN 2.17 M12 3.35 0.79
HSS5013 55 13 143.59 11.05 74.1 16.9 5 3.11 5"-12 UN 2.17 M12 3.35 0.79
HSS756 80 5.99 95.22 15.92 68.3 10.72 5.75 3.74 5 ¾"-12 UN 1.77 M12 4.53 1.26
HSS1004 120 4.02 95.47 23.78 91.7 8.79 7.29 4.49 6 7⁄8"-12 UN 1.97 M12 5.75 1.26
HSS1006 120 6.03 143.17 23.78 109.8 10.8 7.29 4.49 6 7⁄8"-12 UN 1.97 M12 5.75 1.26
HSS10010 120 10.01 237.66 23.78 144.4 14.78 7.29 4.49 6 7⁄8”-12 UN 1.97 M12 5.75 1.26
Note: If specifying this cylinder for use with the SLF and SLV synchronous lifting systems and associated mounting kit, please consider the increase in dimension A
(closed height), see pages 42 and 46.

HHS RANGE HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
HHS | SINGLE ACTING HOLLOW PISTON CYLINDERS
E
C
*see pages 24 and 25 *
D
` Single acting, spring assisted return F

` Hollow piston design for tooling, maintenance
and tensioning applications
` Nitrocarburized piston rod for corrosion resistance 3 inches A
performance at high pressures
` Collar threads withstand full load
` Optional piston rod saddles listed on pages 24 and 25 I
G
90°
Model Capacity Stroke Oil capacity Cylinder eff. area Weight Dimensions (in) (unless otherwise stated)
number (tons) (in) (in3) (in2) (lbs) A B C D E F G H I
HHS101 12 0.99 2.38 2.45 6.2 4.33 2.76 1.5 0.79 2 ¾”-16 UN 1.18 M8 2.01 0.75
HHS102 12 1.97 4.82 2.45 6.6 5.52 2.76 1.5 0.79 2 ¾”-16 UN 1.18 M8 2.01 0.75
HHS106 12 5.99 14.64 2.45 22.5 11.7 2.76 1.5 0.79 2 ¾”-16 UN 1.18 M8 2.01 0.75
HHS202 25 1.97 10.19 5.16 15.4 6.3 3.94 2.01 1.18 3 7⁄8”-12 UN 1.58 M8 3.25 1.22
HHS206 25 5.91 30.5 5.16 30.4 12.06 3.94 2.01 1.18 3 ⁄8”-12 UN
7
1.58 M8 3.25 1.22
HHS302 36 1.97 14.21 7.24 23.4 6.5 4.53 2.36 1.38 4 ½”-12 UN 1.58 M8 3.62 1.22
HHS306 36 5.99 43.31 7.24 42.3 12.61 4.53 2.36 1.38 4 ½”-12 UN 1.58 M8 3.62 1.22
HHS603 67 2.99 39.71 13.28 61.7 8.9 6.3 3.62 2.17 6 ¼”-12 UN 2.32 M12 5.12 1.22
HHS606 67 5.91 78.39 13.28 89.5 12.41 6.3 3.62 2.17 6 ¼”-12 UN 2.32 M12 5.12 1.22
HHS1003 112 2.99 66.37 22.18 141.1 10.87 8.39 5 3.19 8 ⁄8”-12 UN
3
2.36 M16 7.01 1.77
HHS1006 112 5.91 130.97 22.18 165.3 13.79 8.39 5 3.19 8 ⁄8”-12 UN
3
2.36 M16 7.01 1.77

HHR RANGE HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
HHR | DOUBLE ACTING HOLLOW PISTON CYLINDERS
E
C
*
F
` Double acting design for
enhanced operating stages
` Hollow piston design for tooling, maintenance G
and tensioning applications
A
` Nitrocarburized piston rod for
J 3 inches
corrosion resistance
H
` Annular area overload protection valve 45°
` Anti-extrusion seals for improved I
` Collar threads withstand full load D
` Optional piston rod saddles B
listed on pages 24 and 25
Note: 36 & 67 ton models feature 2 base mouting holes at 90° from coupler.
*see pages 24 and 25
Capacity Oil Dimensions (in) (unless otherwise stated)

Model (tons) Stroke Cylinder eff. Weight
capacity
number Push Pull (in) area (in2) (lbs) A B C D E F G H I J
(in3)
HHR302 36 26 2.01 14.52 7.24 26.9 7.09 4.53 2.38 1.38 4 ½”-12 UN 1.58 M8 3.62 1.1 4.69
HHR306 36 26 5.91 42.76 7.24 38.8 10.99 4.53 2.38 1.38 4 ½”-12 UN 1.58 M8 3.62 1.1 8.59
HHR3012 36 26 12.02 86.86 7.24 56.7 17.1 4.53 2.38 1.38 4 ½”-12 UN 1.58 M8 3.62 1.1 14.7
HHR603 67 42 2.99 39.77 13.28 67.5 9.42 6.3 3.62 2.17 6 ¼”-12 UN 1.77 M12 5.12 1.22 6.54
HHR606 67 42 5.99 79.54 13.28 91.7 12.41 6.3 3.62 2.17 6 ¼”-12 UN 1.77 M12 5.12 1.22 9.53
HHR6010 67 42 10.01 132.92 13.28 115.7 16.43 6.3 3.62 2.17 6 ¼”-12 UN 1.77 M12 5.12 1.22 13.55
HHR1003 112 47 2.99 66.31 22.18 151.0 12.21 8.39 5.52 3.15 8 3⁄8”-12 UN 1.58 M16 7.01 3.23 9.22
HHR1006 112 47 5.99 132.61 22.18 198.4 15.21 8.39 5.52 3.15 8 3⁄8”-12 UN 1.58 M16 7.01 3.23 12.21
HHR1508 168 78 8 263.52 32.98 374.8 19.82 10.64 7.25 4.02 n/a n/a n/a na 3.86 15.33
HHR2508 272 84 8 429.38 53.71 593.0 19.9 13.79 10.01 5.91 n/a n/a n/a na 3.86 15.33

HDA RANGE HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
HDA | DOUBLE ACTING HIGH TONNAGE CYLINDERS
D
C
*
` Double acting design offers higher work output E

with improved performance and efficiency
` Substantial pulling force in the piston retraction
mode provides increased versatility F G
` Nitrocarburized cylinder body and piston A
rod for increased corrosion protection I
` Low friction bearing surfaces 3 inches
` Internal annular area overload protection valve
performance at high pressures H
` Flat saddle, collar thread and piston rod thread
as standard on all models up to 224 tons B
` Replaceable tilting saddle fitted as standard
on models from 359 tons and upwards Note: Base mounting holes (F) will not withstand full load.
` Lifting ring as standard on models from 55 to 120 tons Base mounting holes for easy positioning.
` Eyebolts as standard on models from 168 to 1115 tons Base mounting holes on model HDA5020 are at a random angular
orientation to the cylinder ports.
` Optional piston rod saddles listed on pages 24 and 25
Capacity Dimensions (in) (unless otherwise stated)

Oil Cylinder
Model (tons) Stroke Weight
capacity eff. area
number (in) (lbs) A B C D E F G H I J
Push Pull (in3) (in2)
HDA256 28 11 5.99 32.34 5.41 33.1 11.31 3.62 1.97 3 5⁄16”-12 UN 2.09 M10 2.36 1.18 8.35 40°
HDA506 55 17 5.99 65.91 11.05 62.6 11.62 5 3.11 5”-12 UN 2.17 M12 3.35 0.79 8.51 30°
HDA5013 55 17 13 143.41 11.05 93.9 18.64 5 3.11 5”-12 UN 2.17 M12 3.35 0.79 15.52 30°
HDA5020 55 17 20.02 220.91 11.05 138.4 28.76 5 3.11 5”-12 UN 2.17 M12 3.35 2.68 25.06 30°
HDA1006 120 40 5.99 142.19 23.76 142.2 11.98 7.29 4.49 6 7⁄8”-12 UN 2.01 M12 5.75 1.18 8.9 30°
HDA10013 120 40 13 308.78 23.76 196.2 18.99 7.29 4.49 6 7⁄8”-12 UN 2.01 M12 5.75 1.18 15.92 30°
HDA1506 168 87 5.99 198.94 33.2 198.4 12.21 8.27 4.49 8”-12 UN 2.17 M16 6.3 1.38 9.1 30°
HDA15012 168 87 12.02 398.48 33.2 265.7 18.24 8.27 4.49 8”-12 UN 2.17 M16 6.3 1.38 15.13 30°
HDA2006 224 104 5.99 264.23 44.21 286.2 12.88 10.01 5.52 9 ¾”-12 UN 2.56 M20 7.29 1.69 9.38 30°
HDA20012 224 104 12.02 530.3 44.21 369.1 18.91 10.01 5.52 9 ¾”-12 UN 2.56 M20 7.29 1.69 15.41 30°
HDA3006 359 - 5.99 424.11 70.9 425.5 16.11 12.29 6.5 Optional Optional M20 6.23 1.97 10.32 30°
HDA30012 359 - 12.02 851.28 70.9 551.2 22.14 12.29 6.5 Optional Optional M20 6.23 1.97 16.35 30°
HDA4006 439 - 5.99 518.09 86.63 630.5 16.98 14.18 8.51 Optional Optional M24 8 2.17 10.91 30°
HDA5006 573 - 5.99 676.75 113.13 820.1 18.52 15.64 8 Optional Optional M24 8 2.56 11.82 30°
HDA8006 892 - 5.99 1054.49 175.79 1433.0 21.08 19.70 11.82 Optional Optional Optional Optional 2.76 12.53 30°
HDA10006 1115 - 5.99 1319.33 220 1984.1 23.25 21.28 12.61 Optional Optional Optional Optional 3.9 14.07 30°
Note: Other capacities and stroke lengths available on request.

If specifying this cylinder for use with the SLF and SLV synchronous lifting systems and associated mounting kit, please consider the increase in dimension A (closed
height), see pages 42 and 46.

HFL RANGE HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
HFL | SINGLE ACTING LOW HEIGHT FAILSAFE LOCK RING CYLINDERS
C
D

` Mechanical lock ring feature allows for 3 inches A
load holding for extended periods
` Compact, low height design suitable for
vertical lifting applications only E
` Threaded piston with tilting saddle fitted as
standard to reduce the risk of side loading B
` Nitrocarburized cylinder body and piston rod
for increased corrosion protection HFL502, HFL1002, HFL1502
` Overstroke restrictor port to prevent over extension of piston C
` Tommy bars for easy rotation of the load holding D
lock ring are listed in the below table
` Saddle and piston rod details are listed on pages 24 and 25
3 inches A
B
HFL2002, HFL2502, HFL4002, HFL5002
Model Capacity Stroke Oil capacity Cylinder eff. Weight Tommy Dimensions (in)
number (tons) (in) (in3) area (in2) (lbs) bar A B C D E
HFL502 55 2.01 21.97 11.05 31.3 TTB10 4.93 5 3.74 2.76 0.75
HFL1002 120 1.97 46.99 23.78 61.5 TTB10 5.4 7.29 5.52 4.53 0.79
HFL1502 168 1.77 65.3 33.22 97.0 TTB10 5.91 8.51 6.5 5.32 1.1
HFL2002 224 1.77 86.65 44.19 125.2 TTB14 6.11 10.01 7.49 5.32 1.18
HFL2502 287 1.77 100.69 56.75 153.0 TTB14 6.26 10.76 8.51 7.88 1.22
HFL4002 439 1.77 153.17 86.65 266.8 TTB16 7.01 14.18 10.52 10.24 1.42
HFL5002 573 1.77 200.77 113.13 410.1 TTB20 7.56 15.76 12.02 11.43 1.69

HFG RANGE HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
HFG | SINGLE ACTING FAILSAFE LOCK RING CYLINDERS
C
D

` Mechanical lock ring feature allows for load holding for extended periods
` Suitable for vertical lifting applications only
` Threaded piston with tilting saddle fitted as standard A
to reduce the risk of side loading
` Nitrocarburized cylinder body and piston rod
for increased corrosion protection 3 inches
` Overstroke restrictor port to prevent over extension of piston E
` Tommy bars for easy rotation of the load holding
lock ring are listed in the below table B
Model Capacity Stroke Oil capacity Cylinder eff. Weight Tommy Dimensions (in)
number (tons) (in) (in3) area (in2) (lbs) bar A B C D E
HFG502 55 2.01 21.97 11.05 35.7 TTB10 6.82 5 3.74 2.76 0.99
HFG504 55 4.02 44.55 11.05 45.4 TTB10 8.83 5 3.74 2.76 0.99
HFG506 55 5.91 65.3 11.05 55.1 TTB10 10.72 5 3.74 2.76 0.99
HFG1002 120 2.01 46.38 23.78 77.2 TTB10 7.45 7.29 5.52 4.53 1.08
HFG1004 120 3.94 93.37 23.78 110.9 TTB10 9.46 7.29 5.52 4.53 1.08
HFG1006 120 5.91 140.35 23.78 144.2 TTB10 12.25 7.29 5.52 4.53 1.08
HFG1502 168 2.01 65.3 33.22 172.0 TTB10 9.34 8.51 6.5 5.32 1.65
HFG1504 168 3.94 130.59 33.22 185.2 TTB10 11.35 8.51 6.5 5.32 1.65
HFG1506 168 5.91 195.89 33.22 197.3 TTB10 13.32 8.51 6.5 5.32 1.65
HFG2002 224 1.97 86.65 44.19 210.3 TTB14 10.28 10.01 7.49 5.32 1.97
HFG2006 224 5.99 264.23 44.19 302.0 TTB14 14.26 10.01 7.49 5.32 1.97
HFG2506 282 5.99 335.63 56.81 377.0 TTB14 15.8 10.76 8.51 5.91 1.97
HFG3006 359 5.91 419.23 70.94 503.8 TTB14 16.43 12.21 9.5 5.91 1.97
HFG4006 439 5.95 515.04 86.65 680.1 TTB14 18.08 14.18 10.52 7.09 2.76
HFG5006 573 5.99 677.36 113.13 1007.5 TTB16 19.62 15.76 12.02 7.09 3.15
HFG8006 892 5.99 1066.15 175.79 1620.4 TTB16 22.26 18.91 14.97 13.4 3.15
HFG10006 1115 5.99 1318.8 220 2239.9 TTB20 24.43 21.28 16.75 14.96 3.55


HAS RANGE HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
HAS | SINGLE ACTING SOLID PISTON ALUMINUM CYLINDERS

Note: Models from 56 to C
121 tons feature a handle.
*
` Lightweight aluminum cylinders for applications where

weight and portability are of prime importance
` Single acting, spring assisted return A
` Hard anodized piston rod and cylinder for
corrosion resistance and increased durability
` Steel base plate to protect cylinder body
` Grooved saddles fitted as standard on all models D
3 inches B
number (tons) (in) (in3) (in2) (lbs) A B C D
HAS302 35 2.01 13.73 6.85 8.8 7.13 4.14 1.97 0.99
HAS306 35 5.99 40.99 6.85 13.2 11.11 4.14 1.97 0.99
HAS3012 35 12.02 82.23 6.85 17.6 17.14 4.14 1.97 0.99
HAS502 56 2.01 69.3 10.99 17.6 7.33 5.32 2.76 1.18
HAS506 56 5.99 65.7 10.99 24.3 11.31 5.32 2.76 1.18
HAS5012 56 12.02 414.31 10.99 35.3 17.34 5.32 2.76 1.18
HAS1002 121 2.01 47.89 23.85 41.9 8.51 7.68 4.33 1.62
HAS1006 121 5.99 142.74 23.85 50.7 12.49 7.68 4.33 1.62
HAS10012 121 12.02 286.4 23.85 75.0 18.52 7.68 4.33 1.62


HHA RANGE HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
HHA | SINGLE ACTING HOLLOW PISTON ALUMINUM CYLINDERS
*
*see pages 24 and 25 C
D

` Hollow piston design for pulling, pressing
and tensioning applications A
` Hard anodized piston rod and cylinder for 3 inches
corrosion resistance and increased durability
` Steel base plate to protect cylinder body
` Anti-extrusion seals for improved G
` Grooved saddles fitted as standard on all models. B
90° E
Model Capacity Stroke Oil capacity Cylinder eff. Weight Dimensions (in) (unless otherwise stated)
number (tons) (in) (in3) area (in2) (lbs) A B C D E F G
HHA182 20 2.01 7.87 3.91 7.9 6.9 3.86 1.77 1.02 M8x10 2.6 1.02
HHA372 41 2.01 16.23 8.08 15.9 7.6 5.36 2.72 1.54 M10x15 4.14 1.26
HHA504 57 4.14 46.67 11.28 29.5 11.03 6.3 3.11 2.01 M10x15 5.13 1.54

HFA RANGE HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
HFA | SINGLE ACTING FAILSAFE LOCK RING ALUMINUM CYLINDERS

Note: Lifting eyes fitted C
*
on 121 tons models

` Mechanical lock ring feature allows for load A
holding for extended periods
` Hard anodized piston rod and cylinder for corrosion
resistance and increased durability
` Tilting saddle fitted as standard on all models D
` Steel base plate fitted as standard
` Integral stop ring 3 inches B
Model Stroke Oil capacity Cylinder eff. area Weight Tommy Dimensions (in)
Capacity (tons)
number (in) (in3) (in2) (lbs) bar A B C D
HFA302 35 2.01 14.15 7.04 13.2 TTB10 8.94 4.26 1.97 0.79
HFA306 35 5.99 42.15 7.04 17.6 TTB10 12.92 4.26 1.97 0.79
HFA3012 35 12.02 84.55 7.04 24.3 TTB10 18.95 4.26 1.97 0.79
HFA502 56 2.01 22.2 11.05 19.8 TTB10 9.1 5.24 2.76 0.99
HFA506 56 5.99 66.12 11.05 24.3 TTB10 13.08 5.24 2.76 0.99
HFA5012 56 12.02 132.68 11.05 37.5 TTB10 19.11 5.24 2.76 0.99
HFA1002 121 2.01 47.89 23.85 52.9 TTB10 10.91 7.96 3.94 1.38
HFA1006 121 5.99 142.74 23.85 66.1 TTB10 14.89 7.96 3.94 1.38
HFA10012 121 12.02 286.4 23.85 86.0 TTB10 20.92 7.96 3.94 1.38


HRA RANGE HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
HRA | DOUBLE ACTING HIGH TONNAGE ALUMINUM CYLINDERS
*see pages 24 and 25 C

Note: Models from 56 D
to 121 tons feature a *
handle.

` Double acting design offers higher work output
with improved performance and efficiency
A
` Hard anodized piston rod and cylinder for corrosion
resistance and increased durability F
` Handles fitted as standard on models 56 ton upwards
` Steel base plate fitted as standard on models E
` Pressure relief valve on annulus side
3 inches B
number (tons) (in) (in3) (in2) (lbs) A B C D E F
HRA302 35 2.01 13.74 6.85 11.0 8.04 4.14 2.36 1.97 0.99 5.36
HRA306 35 5.99 40.96 6.85 15.4 12.02 4.14 2.36 1.97 0.99 9.34
HRA3012 35 12.02 82.2 6.85 22.0 18.05 4.14 2.36 1.97 0.99 15.37
HRA502 56 2.01 22.05 10.99 22.0 8.71 5.32 3.11 2.76 1.18 5.56
HRA506 56 5.99 65.72 10.99 28.7 12.69 5.32 3.11 2.76 1.18 9.53
HRA5012 56 12.02 131.88 10.99 41.9 18.72 5.32 3.11 2.76 1.18 15.56
HRA1002 121 2.01 47.89 23.85 48.5 10.17 7.96 4.33 3.94 1.62 6.78
HRA1006 121 5.99 142.73 23.85 63.9 14.14 7.96 4.33 3.94 1.62 10.76
HRA10012 121 12.02 286.4 23.85 86.0 20.17 7.96 4.33 3.94 1.62 16.78

HGG RANGE HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
HGG | SINGLE ACTING LOAD RETURN HIGH TONNAGE INDUSTRIAL CYLINDERS
C
D
` Single acting, load return A

` Heavy duty design for lifting and maintenance applications
` Integral stop ring for piston stroke limitation
` Tilting saddle fitted as standard to 3 inches
reduce the risk of side loading
` Anti-extrusion seals for improved E
HGG1506 168 6.11 202.6 33.22 128.5 11.7 8.27 4.49 3.94 1.46
HGG2006 224 6.11 282.54 44.19 210.1 12.21 10.01 5.52 5.32 1.97
HGG3006 359 6.11 433.27 70.94 338.4 13.51 12.29 6.5 5.91 1.97

HSG RANGE HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
HSG | SINGLE ACTING LOAD RETURN HIGH TONNAGE CONSTRUCTION CYLINDERS

` Heavy duty design for construction, civil engineering A
and heavy fabrication applications 3 inches
` Overstroke restrictor port to prevent over extension of piston
` Tilting saddle fitted as standard to
reduce the risk of side loading
` Nitrocarburized cylinder body and piston
E
rod for corrosion resistance
B
HSG1506 168 5.99 195.89 33.22 170.9 11.54 8.51 6.5 5.32 1.77
HSG2006 224 5.99 264.84 44.19 237.4 11.66 10.01 7.51 5.32 1.77
HSG3006 359 5.99 426.56 70.94 386.2 12.84 12.29 9.51 5.91 1.97

HPC RANGE HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
HPC | SINGLE ACTING PULL CYLINDERS

` Substantial hydraulic pulling force for steel plate alignment, cable tensioning and general load moving applications
` Replaceable pulling and clevis eyes fitted on the piston rod and cylinder base
` Protective piston rod bellows fitted as standard
C G
H
E D
B
HPC106C
C
H F
E D
A
B
HPC106, HPC306, HPC506
* Eye bolt thickness: HPC106 = 0.87", HPC306 = 1.38", HPC506 = 1.58"
Model Capacity Stroke Oil capacity Cylinder eff. Weight Dimensions (in)
number (tons) (in) (in3) area (in2) (lbs) A B C D E F G H
HPC106 11 5.99 13.91 2.33 26.5 23.64 29.63 4.49 2.64 1.26 1.3 - 3.15
HPC106C 11 5.99 13.91 2.33 34.2 23.72 29.71 2.29 3.9 1.38 1.18 1.42 3.15
HPC306 33 5.99 38.8 6.48 68.3 27.38 33.37 5.71 4.14 1.65 1.97 - 4.81
HPC506 55 5.99 65.76 11.01 119.0 32.27 38.26 5.87 5.12 2.05 2.72 - 6.03

PUMP AND CYLINDER SETS HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
PCS | PUMP AND CYLINDER SETS
` Choice of 18 models of pump, cylinder & hose set

cylinders with solid or hollow pistons
` Manually operated pumps with factory set safety relief valve
` Standard 6.5 feet length hose with quick connect coupler
` Optional piston rod saddles available for
most models, see pages 24 and 25
SET PUMP CYLINDER HOSE

Model Cylinder Model Capacity Model Stroke Closed Model Length Weight
number capacity (tons) number (in3) number (in) height number (ft) (lbs)
(in)
PCS50 5 HP110 61.02 HPS51 0.63 1.65 HC2 6.5 16.3
PCS53 5 HP110 61.02 HSS53 2.96 6.19 HC2 6.5 17.6
PCS100 11 HP110 61.02 HPS100 0.39 1.81 HC2 6.5 18.1
PCS101 11 HP110 61.02 HLS101 1.58 3.74 HC2 6.5 19.8
PCS102 11 HP110 61.02 HSS102 2.21 5.16 HC2 6.5 19.8
PCS106 11 HP110 61.02 HSS106 5.91 8.87 HC2 6.5 23.8
PCS200 22 HP110 61.02 HPS200 0.43 2.05 HC2 6.5 20.7
PCS201 22 HP110 61.02 HLS201 1.73 4.02 HC2 6.5 24.9
PCS256 28 HP110 61.02 HSS256 5.91 10.76 HC2 6.5 35.3
PCS300 35 HP110 61.02 HPS300 0.47 2.32 HC2 6.5 23.8
PCS302 35 HP110 61.02 HLS302 2.36 4.69 HC2 6.5 30.0
PCS502 55 HP110 61.02 HLS502 2.36 4.96 HC2 6.5 37.5
PCS506 55 HP232 122.05 HSS506 5.99 9.89 HC2 6.5 68.3
PCS1002 120 HP232 122.05 HLS1002 2.36 5.63 HC2 6.5 78.3
PCS1006 120 HP252 305.12 HSS1006 6.03 10.8 HC2 6.5 145.5
PCS202H 25 HP110 61.02 HHS202 1.97 6.3 HC2 6.5 30.6
PCS302H 36 HP110 61.02 HHS303 1.97 6.5 HC2 6.5 37.9
PCS603H 67 HP232 122.05 HHS603 2.99 8.9 HC2 6.5 76.3
Note: Models PCS202H, PCS302H & PCS603H are supplied with a hollow piston cylinder

CYLINDER SADDLES & PISTON ROD HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
CYLINDER SADDLES & PISTON ROD THREAD SPECIFICATIONS
Saddles Piston rod thread
Cylinder Standard saddle Optional saddle Dimensions (in) Thread size
range Figure
Model number Figure Model number Figure A B C D
HAS - 30T HA30 2 HAT30 7 1.97 0.39 - - 10

HAS HAS - 50T HA50 2 HAT50 7 2.76 0.43 - - 10
HAS - 100T HA100 2 HAT100 7 3.94 0.47 - - 10
HDA - 25T HD25 3 HD25T 9 1.77 0.35 1.38 1"-12 UNF 11
HDA - 50T HD50 3 HD50T 9 2.76 0.43 1.77 1"-12 UNF 11
HDA - 100T HD100 3 HD100T 9 3.94 0.47 2.17 1 ¾"-12 UNF 11
HDA - 150T HD200 3 HD200T 9 3.94 0.47 2.05 2 ½"-12 UNF 11
HDA - 200T HD200 3 HD200T 9 4.33 0.47 2.76 2 ½"-12 UNF 11
HDA
HDA - 300T HD300T 7 HD300 2 5.91 0.99 - - -
HDA - 400T HD400T 7 HD400 2 7.09 0.99 - - -
HDA - 500T HD500T 7 HD500 2 7.09 0.99 - - -
HDA - 800T TS800 8 - - 7.09 - 2.01 M24x3 14
HDA - 1000T TS1000 8 - - 7.09 - 2.01 M24x3 14
HFA - 30T HAT30 7 HA30 2 1.97 0.39 - - 10
HFA HFA - 50T HAT50 7 HA50 2 2.76 0.43 - - 10
HFA - 100T HAT100 7 HA100 2 3.94 0.47 - - 10
HFG - 50T TS50 8 - - 1.22 - 0.59 M8x1.25 14
HFG - 100T TS100 8 - - 2.36 - 0.71 M12x1.75 14
HFG - 150T TS150 8 - - 2.36 - 0.71 M12x1.75 14
HFG - 200T TS200 8 - - 2.36 - 0.71 M12x1.75 14
HFG - 250T TS300 8 - - 2.76 - 0.63 M10x1.5 14
HFG
HFG - 300T TS300 8 - - 4.93 - 0.67 M10x1.5 14
HFG - 400T TS400 8 - - 4.93 - 0.67 M12x1.75 14
HFG - 500T TS500 8 - - 4.93 - 0.67 M12x1.75 14
HFG - 800T TS800 8 - - 6.9 - 1.97 M24x3 14
HFG - 1000T TS1000 8 - - 6.9 - 2.01 M24x3 14
HFL - 50T TS50 8 - - 1.22 - 0.59 M8x1.25 14
HFL - 100T TS100 8 - - 2.36 - 0.71 M12x1.75 14
HFL - 150T TS150 8 - - 4.73 - 0.71 M12x1.75 14
HFL
HFL - 250T TS250 8 - - 5.52 - 1.58 M10x1.5 14
HFL - 400T TS400 8 - - 7.09 - 1.58 M12x1.75 14
HFL - 500T TS500 8 - - 7.88 - 1.58 M12x1.75 14
HGG - 150T TS150 8 - - 0.71 - 2.36 M12x1.75 14
HGG HGG - 200T TS201 8 - - 0.71 - 4.91 M12x1.75 14
HGG - 300T TS301 8 - - 0.83 - 3.74 M12x1.75 14
HHA - 18T HA18 4 HA18T 5 - - 1.1 M35x1.5 12
HHA HHA - 37T HA37 4 HA37T 5 - - 1.38 M50x1.5 12
HHA - 50T HA50 4 HA50T 5 - - 1.46 M60x1.5 12
HHR - 30T HA302 4 HA302T, HA302G 5,6 2.05 0.39 1.26 M48x1.5 13
HHR - 60T HA603 4 HA603T, HA603G 5,6 3.15 0.39 1.26 M70x1.5 13
HHR HHR - 100T HA1003 4 HA1003T, HA1003G 5,6 4.49 0.47 1.5 M105x2 13
HHR - 150T HA1508 4 HA1508G 6 6.7 0.53 1.97 M150x3 13
HHR - 250T HA2508 4 HA2508G 6 9.53 0.53 2.92 M220x3 13
HHS - 10T HA102 4 HA102T, HA102G 5,6 1.26 0.28 0.83 M28x1.5 13
HHS - 20T HA202 4 HA202T, HA202G 5,6 1.69 0.39 1.22 M39x1.5 13
HHS HHS - 30T HA302 4 HA302T, HA302G 5,6 2.05 0.39 1.22 M48x1.5 13
HHS - 60T HA603 4 HA603T, HA603G 5,6 3.15 0.39 1.22 M70x1.5 13
HHS - 100T HA1003 4 HA1003T, HA1003G 5,6 4.49 0.47 1.5 M105x2 13
HRA - 30T HA30 2 HAT30 7 1.97 0.39 - - 10
HRA HRA - 50T HA50 2 HAT50 7 2.76 0.43 - - 10
HRA - 100T HA100 2 HAT100 7 3.94 0.47 - - 10
HSG - 150T TS150 8 - - 0.71 - 2.36 M12x1.75 14
HSG HSG - 200T TS201 8 - - 0.71 - 4.91 M12x1.75 14
HSG - 300T TS302 8 - - 1.1 - 6.3 M22x2.5 14
HSS - 5T HA5 1 - - - - 0.79 ¾"-16 UNF 12
HSS - 10T HA10 1 HAT10 9 - - 0.55 1"-8 UNC 12
HSS - 15T HA15 1 HAT10 9 - - 0.55 1"-8 UNC 12
HSS - 25T HA25 1 HAT25 9 - - 1.18 1 ½"-16 UN 12
HSS
HSS - 30T HA25 1 HAT25 9 - - 1.18 1 ½"-16 UN 12
HSS - 50T HA50 2 HAT50 7 2.76 0.43 - - 10
HSS - 75T HA75 2 HAT75 7 3.15 0.47 - - 10
HSS - 100T HA100 2 HAT100 7 3.94 0.47 - - 10

CYLINDER SADDLES & PISTON ROD HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
CYLINDER SADDLES & PISTON ROD THREAD SPECIFICATIONS
SADDLE DRAWINGS (for specifications, see facing page)
Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4
Figure 5 Figure 6 Figure 7 Figure 8

Note: See below table for details
on internal saddle thread
Saddle model Internal saddle thread specification
HA18T M24
HA37T M36
HA50T M48
HA102T ¾”-16 UNF
HA202T 1” x 8 UNC
HA302T 1 ¼” x 7 UNC
Figure 9
HA603T 1 5⁄8” x 5 ½” UNS
HA1003T 2 ½” x 8 UN
PISTON ROD DRAWINGS (for specifications, see facing page)

A A D
D
B B
C
C
Figure 10 Figure 11 Figure 12
A A
C
D
D
B
C
Figure 13 Figure 14

HI-FORCE HYDRAULIC PUMPS
The Hi-Force range of manual and powered hydraulic

pumps comprises of standard models, with additional
factory fitted options, of electric solenoid valves and
60 Hz motors, available to order. The range comprises
of manual, battery, electric, air and gasoline engine
driven options, all suitable for use at pressures up to
10000 psi maximum, excluding the HPX hand pump
range on page 31, which offers even greater output
pressure options, for specialist ultra-high pressure
applications. Both the manual and the powered pump
options are available in either single or two stage
output flow rates and the extensive range and choice
of models available, ensures that the user can select
the best Hi-Force pump for the application.
26 [email protected] Northwest Region (Seattle) - 208-391-3895

HYDRAULIC PUMPS
HP STEEL 28
Manually operated, single or two stage, steel hand pumps
HP ALUMINUM 29
Manually operated, two stage, aluminum hand pumps
HP HIGH FLOW 30
Manually operated, two stage, high flow hand pumps
HPX HIGH FLOW 31

Manually operated, two stage ultra-high pressure hand pumps
HP-FP RANGE 32
Manually operated, two stage foot pumps
BPP RANGE 33
Battery powered, two stage hydraulic pump
HEP1 RANGE 34
Electric driven, two stage mini pumps with carrying strap
HEP103 RANGE 35
Electric driven, two stage compact pumps
HEP2 RANGE 36
Electric driven, two stage, medium flow, general duty pumps
HEP3 RANGE 37
Electric driven, two stage, high flow, general duty pumps
HEP5 RANGE 38
Electric driven, two stage, ultra-high flow, general duty pumps
HSP RANGE 39
Electric driven, split flow, multi-outlet pumps
SLF RANGE 40
Synchronous lifting system, fixed speed drive
SLV RANGE 44
Synchronous lifting system, variable speed drive
AHP11 RANGE 49
Air driven, single stage, hand or foot operated pumps
HAP RANGE 50
Air driven, two stage, high flow, general duty pumps
HPP RANGE 51
Gasoline engine driven, two stage, high flow, general duty pumps
PUMPS 27
[email protected] Northwest Region (Seattle) - 208-391-3895
HP STEEL HYDRAULIC PUMPS
HP | MANUALLY OPERATED PUMPS - STEEL
Single or two stage operation
Durable steel construction
` Oil reservoir capacity up to 250.2 inch3

` External pressure release valve and factory set safety relief valve
` Low handle effort and ergonomic grip for easy operation
` Changeover pressure for two stage models is 203 psi
A E
Displacement per stroke (in3) Dimensions (in)

Model Valve Usable oil Handle effort Weight
number type 1st stage 2nd stage capacity (in3) (lbs) (lbs) A B C D E F
Single stage hand operated pumps for single acting cylinders and tools
HP110 2-way 0.18 - 61.02 99 12.3 21.99 22.3 5.04 5.28 5.71 1.58
Two stage hand operated pumps for single acting cylinders and tools
HP227 2-way 0.79 0.14 140.35 84 23.1 21.43 23.52 6.62 5.32 5.71 2.09
HP257 2-way 0.79 0.14 250.2 84 33.5 21.47 23.52 6.62 5.32 5.91 2.09

HP ALUMINUM HYDRAULIC PUMPS
HP | MANUALLY OPERATED PUMPS - ALUMINUM
Two stage operation
Six models with choice of control valve
` Oil reservoir capacity up to 305.12 inch3

` Lightweight aluminum construction with external pressure release valve and factory set safety relief valve
` Changeover pressure is 203 psi
E 3
⁄8”-18 NPT
A D
B
Displacement
Model Valve per stroke (in3) Usable oil Handle effort Weight Dimensions (in)
number type capacity (in3) (lbs) (lbs) A B C D E F
1st stage 2nd stage
Two stage hand operated pumps for single acting cylinders and tools
HP211 2-way 0.79 0.06 30.51 60 4.4 13.2 15.29 5.32 3.94 4.93 1.58
HP212 2-way 0.79 0.14 61.02 88 8.8 22.06 24.03 5.52 3.94 4.93 1.58
HP232 2-way 0.79 0.14 122.05 88 15.2 22.06 24.03 6.3 5.52 6.11 1.97
HP252 2-way 0.79 0.14 305.12 88 21.2 23.05 24.03 6.3 6.62 5.71 1.97
Two stage hand operated pumps for double acting cylinders and tools
HP232D 4-way 0.79 0.14 122.05 88 19.2 22.85 24.63 6.3 5.52 6.9 1.18
HP252D 4-way 0.79 0.14 305.12 88 30.0 23.84 24.63 6.3 6.62 6.9 1.18

HP HIGH FLOW HYDRAULIC PUMPS
HP | MANUALLY OPERATED PUMPS - HIGH FLOW
Heavy duty steel construction
Two stage with semi automatic changeover
` Oil reservoir capacity 2.64 gallons

` Factory set safety relief valve fitted as standard
` Available with 2-way valve for use with single acting cylinders and 4-way valve for use with double acting cylinders
` 1st stage flow rate of 6.89 in3 per handle stroke for faster extension & retraction of piston under no load
` Changeover pressure is 406 psi
B C F
G
M
L
H
J
K
I
Displacement per stroke (in3)

Model number Valve type Usable oil capacity (gallons) Handle effort (lbs) Weight (lbs)
1st stage 2nd stage
Two stage hand operated pump for single acting cylinders and tools
HP245 2-way 6.89 0.24 2.64 88 65.0
Two stage hand operated pump for double acting cylinders and tools
HP245D 4-way 6.89 0.24 2.64 88 68.3
Dimensions (in)
A B C D E F G H I J K L M
16.55 7.09 4.89 0.59 41.37 7.88 2.48 1.85 27.58 15.37 8.08 6.82 10.64

HPX HIGH FLOW HYDRAULIC PUMPS
HPX | MANUALLY OPERATED ULTRA HIGH PRESSURE PUMPS
Compact lightweight aluminum construction
Two stage operation
Choice of 21750 or 40600 psi pressure rating
` Oil reservoir capacity 73.23 inch3

` External pressure release valve and factory set safety valve
` Specifically designed for high pressure applications
` Bespoke handle with ergonomic grip and mesh guard to protect pressure gauge
C E
D
Working Usable oil Displacement per stroke (in3) Dimensions (in)

Model Outlet Weight
pressure capacity
number 1st stage 2nd stage port (lbs) A B C D E
(psi) (in3)
HPX1500 21750 73.23 1.22 0.06 ¼” BSP 14.3 24.23 6.34 3.31 4.93 3.01
HPX2800 40600 73.23 1.22 0.05 9

⁄16”-18 UNF 14.3 24.23 6.34 3.31 4.93 3.01
OPTIONAL HOSES:
Model number Working pressure (psi) Description Weight (lbs)
XHH3-15 21750 10 ft hose with ¼” BSP male thread each end 3.1
XHH5-15 21750 16.5 ft hose with ¼” BSP male thread each end 5.7
XHH3-30 43500 10 ft hose with 9⁄16”-18 UNF male coned thread each end 7.1
XHH5-30 43500 16.5 ft hose with 9⁄16”-18 UNF male coned thread each end 11.2

HP-FP RANGE HYDRAULIC PUMPS
HP-FP | MANUALLY OPERATED FOOT PUMPS
Two stage operation
Durable steel construction

` External pressure release valve and factory set safety relief valve
` Wide foot pedal for easy and controlled pumping action
` Steel framework for maximum stability
A
B
Displacement per stroke (in3) Usable oil Handle

Model Valve Weight Dimensions (in)
capacity effort
number type 1st stage 2nd stage (lbs) A B C D E
(in3) (lbs)
HP227FP 2-way 0.79 0.14 140.35 86 27.6 21.43 28.17 7.29 7.88 3.07
HP227FPC 2-way 0.79 0.14 140.35 86 32.0 21.43 30.06 8.94 7.88 3.07
Note: HP227FPC is supplied with pressure gauge, gauge mounting block and 10 ft hose with male coupler

BPP RANGE HYDRAULIC PUMPS
BPP | BATTERY POWERED HYDRAULIC PUMP
14.4V long life battery
Lightweight design
` Powerful hydraulic pump driven by 14.4 volt battery

` Compact and lightweight design with shoulder strap for easy carrying
` External pressure release valve and factory set safety valve
` Supplied with battery and charger
A B
Model Oil capacity Oil flow (in3/min) Dimensions (in)

1st stage 2nd stage Weight (lbs) A B C
number (in3)
BPP107 42.72 30.51 9.15 17.6 13.99 6.3 10.24
BPP ACCESSORIES
Model Model
Description Description
number number
CCU144 14.4V Vehicle power socket charger unit BP12 Battery Pack 14.4V
Note: Charger supplied separately
Model
Model number Voltage Description Description
number
MP110 110V CU12 Mains charger 110V-230V

Power supply to operate unit
directly from mains
MP220 220/230V

HEP1 RANGE
HYDRAULIC PUMPS
HEP1 | ELECTRIC DRIVEN LIGHTWEIGHT MINI PUMPS WITH CARRYING STRAP
Two stage operation
Lightweight, compact design

` Choice of 110 or 240 volt single phase electric motor with 2-way electric solenoid valve
` Internal safety overload valve
` Remote hand pendant controller with 10 feet cable
` Supplied with handy carrying strap
E F G
C
A
Maximum flow rate

Model Motor (in3/min) Valve Usable oil Weight Dimensions (in)
number voltage 1st stage 2nd stage type capacity (in3) (lbs) A B C D E F G
HEP1211S 110V-1Ph 122.05 12.2 2-way 48.82 16.5 13.12 10.6 5.52 5.48 5.44 4.33 4.14
HEP1212S 240V-1Ph 122.05 12.2 2-way 48.82 16.5 13.12 10.6 5.52 5.48 5.44 4.33 4.14

HEP103 RANGE HYDRAULIC PUMPS
HEP103 | ELECTRIC DRIVEN TWO STAGE COMPACT PUMPS
Two stage operation
Choice of valve options
` Oil reservoir capacity 1.06 gallons E

` Choice of 110 or 240 volt single phase electric
motors with 50/60 Hz dual frequency
` Choice of manual or electric powered control D
valves in 2, 3 or 4-way configuration C
` Control valves available with open center,
closed center or locking valve design
` Supplied with glycerin filled pressure gauge
` Integral carrying handle for easy transportation A F
` Remote hand pendant controller with 10 feet control cable
B
G
Model Motor Maximum flow rate (in3/min) Changeover Remote pendant Usable oil capacity
Weight (lbs)
number voltage 1st stage 2nd stage pressure (psi) functions (gallons)
Below models feature 2-way solenoid valve, normally closed (hold function), suitable for use with single acting cylinders and tools, requiring load holding.
HEP103241LS 110V-1Ph 152.56 21.36 2175 advance/retract 1.06 42.3

Below models featuring 2-way solenoid valve, normally open (auto retract function), suitable for use with single acting cylinders and tools, requiring auto retract.
HEP103241S 110V-1Ph 152.56 21.36 2175 advance/retract 1.06 45.2

HEP103242S 240V-1Ph 152.56 21.36 2175 advance/retract 1.06 45.2
Below models feature 3-way manually operated valve, suitable for use with single acting cylinders and tools.
HEP103341 110V-1Ph 152.56 21.36 2175 motor on/off 1.06 39.9

Below models feature 4-way manually operated valve, suitable for use with double acting cylinders and tools.

Below models feature 4-way solenoid valve, locking feature on A and B port, suitable for use with double acting cylinders and tools, requiring load holding.

Dimensions (in)
Model number
A B C D E F G
All Models 7.68 0.99 4.63 5.58 13.47 8.27 10.24

HEP2 | ELECTRIC DRIVEN PUMPS - GENERAL DUTY MEDIUM FLOW
Two stage operation
Choice of 2.64 or 6.6 gallon oil reservoir
A
` Choice of 110/115, 220/240 or 380/440 volt
electric motors available as standard
` Choice of 2, 3 or 4-way manual control valves with
load holding feature on 3 & 4-way versions
` Externally adjustable pressure relief for C
pressure settings up to 10000 psi
` Completely enclosed fan cooled low noise electric motors
` Cable management features for cable/
hose winding and stowage
B
` Supplied as standard with pressure
gauge and a robust roll frame
Oil capacity Maximum flow rate (in3/min) Model number Dimensions (in)
Model number Valve type 1st stage 2nd stage Motor voltage Weight (lbs)
(gallons) (60 Hz motor) A B C
HEP207111 P-T Plate 2.64 427.17 39.67 110/115V-1Ph HEP207111H 114.6 24.7 11.5 24.9
HEP207114 P-T Plate 2.64 427.17 39.67 380/440V-3Ph - 114.6 24.7 11.5 24.9
HEP207124 P-T Plate 6.6 427.17 39.67 380/440V-3Ph - 149.9 24.7 13.87 29.71
HEP207211 2-way 2.64 427.17 39.67 110/115V-1Ph HEP207211H 115.7 24.7 11.5 24.9
HEP207212 2-way 2.64 427.17 39.67 220/240V-1Ph HEP207212H 115.7 24.7 11.5 24.9
HEP207214 2-way 2.64 427.17 39.67 380/440V-3Ph - 115.7 24.7 11.5 24.9
HEP207221 2-way 6.6 427.17 39.67 110/115V-1Ph HEP207221H 151.0 24.7 13.87 29.71
HEP207222 2-way 6.6 427.17 39.67 220/240V-1Ph HEP207222H 151.0 24.7 13.87 29.71
HEP207224 2-way 6.6 427.17 39.67 380/440V-3Ph - 151.0 24.7 13.87 29.71
HEP207311 3-way 2.64 427.17 39.67 110/115V-1Ph HEP207311H 115.7 24.7 11.5 24.9
HEP207312 3-way 2.64 427.17 39.67 220/240V-1Ph HEP207312H 115.7 24.7 11.5 24.9
HEP207314 3-way 2.64 427.17 39.67 380/440V-3Ph - 115.7 24.7 11.5 24.9
HEP207321 3-way 6.6 427.17 39.67 110/115V-1Ph HEP207321H 151.0 24.7 13.87 29.71
HEP207322 3-way 6.6 427.17 39.67 220/240V-1Ph HEP207322H 151.0 24.7 13.87 29.71
HEP207324 3-way 6.6 427.17 39.67 380/440V-3Ph - 151.0 24.7 13.87 29.71
HEP207411 4-way 2.64 427.17 39.67 110/115V-1Ph HEP207411H 115.7 24.7 11.5 24.9
HEP207412 4-way 2.64 427.17 39.67 220/240V-1Ph HEP207412H 115.7 24.7 11.5 24.9
HEP207414 4-way 2.64 427.17 39.67 380/440V-3Ph - 115.7 24.7 11.5 24.9
HEP207421 4-way 6.6 427.17 39.67 110/115V-1Ph HEP207421H 151.0 24.7 13.87 29.71
HEP207422 4-way 6.6 427.17 39.67 220/240V-1Ph HEP207422H 151.0 24.7 13.87 29.71
HEP207424 4-way 6.6 427.17 39.67 380/440V-3Ph - 151.0 24.7 13.87 29.71
Note: 1) All 380/440V models are suitable for operation at 50 Hz and 60 Hz

2) All 110/115 and 220/240 volt models are supplied to run at 50 Hz as standard, refer to the table for pumps with 60 Hz motor. 60 Hz models deliver
approximately 15-20% higher flow rate.
3) To order pumps with low voltage solenoid valve with hand pendant controller, suffix the pump model with 'S'
4) Other configurations are available on request

HEP3 | ELECTRIC DRIVEN PUMPS - GENERAL DUTY HIGH FLOW
Two stage operation
10.56 gallon oil reservoir
A
` Choice of 110/115, 220/240 or 380/440 volt
electric motors available as standard
` Externally adjustable pressure relief for C
pressure settings up to 10000 psi
` Cable management features for cable/ B
` Supplied as standard with pressure
gauge and a robust roll frame
Oil capacity Maximum flow rate (in3/min) Model number Weight Dimensions (in)
Model number Valve type Motor voltage
(gallons) 1st stage 2nd stage (60 Hz motor) (lbs) A B C
HEP310124 P-T Plate 10.56 549.21 61.02 380/440V-3Ph - 149.9 24.7 13.87 29.71
HEP310221 2-way 10.56 549.21 61.02 110/115V-1Ph HEP310221H 151.0 24.7 13.87 29.71
HEP310222 2-way 10.56 549.21 61.02 220/240V-1Ph HEP310222H 151.0 24.7 13.87 29.71
HEP310224 2-way 10.56 549.21 61.02 380/440V-3Ph - 151.0 24.7 13.87 29.71
HEP310321 3-way 10.56 549.21 61.02 110/115V-1Ph HEP310321H 151.0 24.7 13.87 29.71
HEP310322 3-way 10.56 549.21 61.02 220/240V-1Ph HEP310322H 151.0 24.7 13.87 29.71
HEP310324 3-way 10.56 549.21 61.02 380/440V-3Ph - 151.0 24.7 13.87 29.71
HEP310421 4-way 10.56 549.21 61.02 110/115V-1Ph HEP310421H 151.0 24.7 13.87 29.71
HEP310422 4-way 10.56 549.21 61.02 220/240V-1Ph HEP310422H 151.0 24.7 13.87 29.71
HEP310424 4-way 10.56 549.21 61.02 380/440V-3Ph - 151.0 24.7 13.87 29.71
Note: 1) All 380/440V models are suitable for operation at 50 Hz and 60 Hz

2) All 110/115 and 220/240 volt models are supplied to run at 50 Hz as standard, refer to the table for pumps with 60 Hz motor. 60 Hz models deliver
approximately 15-20% higher flow rate.
3) To order pumps with low voltage solenoid valve with hand pendant controller, suffix the pump model with 'S'
4) Other configurations are available on request

HEP5 RANGE WHEEL TROLLEY HYDRAULIC PUMPS
HEP5 | ELECTRIC DRIVEN PUMPS - HEAVY DUTY HIGH FLOW
Two stage operation
Choice of 10.56 or 15.84 gallon oil reservoir
` 380/440 volt electric motors available as standard D

` Externally adjustable pressure relief for
pressure settings up to 10000 psi C
Oil capacity Maximum flow rate (in3/min) Dimensions (in)

Model number Valve type Motor voltage Weight (lbs)
(gallons) 1st stage 2nd stage A B C D
HEP517144 P-T Plate 10.56 1067.91 115.95 380/440V-3Ph 195.1 27.3 15.21 12.06 24.94
HEP517164 P-T Plate 15.84 1067.91 115.95 380/440V-3Ph 264.6 28.09 16.04 16 25.85
HEP517244 2-way 10.56 1067.91 115.95 380/440V-3Ph 196.2 27.3 15.21 12.06 24.94
HEP517264 2-way 15.84 1067.91 115.95 380/440V-3Ph 265.7 28.09 16.04 16 25.85
HEP517344 3-way 10.56 1067.91 115.95 380/440V-3Ph 196.2 27.3 15.21 12.06 24.94
HEP517364 3-way 15.84 1067.91 115.95 380/440V-3Ph 265.7 28.09 16.04 16 25.85
HEP517444 4-way 10.56 1067.91 115.95 380/440V-3Ph 196.2 27.3 15.21 12.06 24.94
HEP517464 4-way 15.84 1067.91 115.95 380/440V-3Ph 265.7 28.09 16.04 16 25.85
Note: All 380/440V models are suitable for operation at 50 Hz and 60 Hz.
To order pumps with low voltage solenoid valve with hand pendant controller, suffix the pump model with 'S'.
WHEEL TROLLEY
Model number Description
Wheel trolley for all pumps with 10.56 gallons oil

PPA40WT
reservoir

PPA60WT
reservoir
All HEP5 pumps can be supplied with a factory fitted wheel trolley. Just suffix
model number with ‘WT’.

HSP RANGE HYDRAULIC PUMPS
HSP | ELECTRIC DRIVEN SPLIT FLOW MULTI-OUTLET PUMPS
Efficient 3 phase motors with DC electric

solenoids
Both single and double acting cylinder models
available
` Selection of outlet valve configurations ranging from 4-outlet pump with

manual valves to 8-outlet pump with electric solenoid valves
` Control system with individual outlet selection switches, providing choice of single or multiple synchronized operation
` Heavy duty completely enclosed, fan cooled three phase electric motor
` Externally adjustable pressure setting valves on each outlet, for pre-setting pressure up to 10000 psi maximum
Dimensions (in)
Model Valve Valve Oil capacity Oil flow per outlet Motor Motor voltage Weight
number configuration type (gallons) (in3/min) voltage (hp) (lbs) A B C
HSP4SM 4 x 3-way manual 26.41 67.13 380/440V-3Ph 10.05 599.7 39.4 35.85 24.03
HSP4DM 4 x 4-way manual 26.41 67.13 380/440V-3Ph 10.05 599.7 39.4 35.85 24.03
HSP4SE 4 x 3-way electric 26.41 67.13 380/440V-3Ph 10.05 604.1 39.4 35.85 24.03
HSP4DE 4 x 4-way electric 26.41 67.13 380/440V-3Ph 10.05 604.1 39.4 35.85 24.03

HYDRAULIC PUMPS
SLF | SYNCHRONOUS LIFTING SYSTEM - FIXED SPEED DRIVE
Control from 4 to 8 lifting points
For use with standard single or double

acting cylinders
Control unit complete with multiple screens (depending on configuration and

monitoring requirements) and USB port, supplied on a cable for remote operation.
` Designed for precise lifting and lowering of heavy loads using multiple synchronized hydraulic cylinders
` System comprises of heavy duty three phase electric motor, operator control panel to monitor up
to 8 channels and a robust framework for transportation and storage of the entire system
` Selection of outlet valves ranging from 4-outlet pump to 8-outlet pump with options of 3-way and 4-way valve configurations
` 10000 psi pressure transducers are fitted as standard on each outlet
` Reservoir capacity of 26.41 gallons on the 4-outlet pump and 52.82 gallons on the 6-outlet and 8-outlet pumps
` Intuitive touch screen controller with several display options including stroke,
cylinder pressure, system pressure and indicative weight of load
` Specified for string pot displacement sensors as standard. Alternative sensor types available upon request.
` Operating modes for the SLF include Manual, Pre-load, Automatic control, Depressurization and Indicative weighing
` System can be adapted to suit customer’s special lifting requirements
` Customized systems can be tailored for unique application requirements

HYDRAULIC PUMPS
A C
Model number Number of outlets Oil capacity (gallons) Oil flow per outlet (in3/min) Motor voltage
SLF4S 4 26.41 67.13 380/440V-3Ph
SLF6S 6 52.82 56.75 380/440V-3Ph
SLF8S 8 52.82 56.75 380/440V-3Ph
SLF4D 4 26.41 67.13 380/440V-3Ph
SLF6D 6 52.82 56.75 380/440V-3Ph
SLF8D 8 52.82 56.75 380/440V-3Ph
Note: All models are suitable for operation at 50 Hz and 60 Hz.
Dimensions (in)
Model number
A B C
SLF4S 50.24 45.51 26.6
SLF6S 61.07 51.22 33.88
SLF8S 61.07 51.22 33.88
SLF4D 50.24 45.51 26.6
SLF6D 61.07 51.22 33.88
SLF8D 61.07 51.22 33.88

HYDRAULIC PUMPS
Mounting kits to fit single and double acting cylinders are listed below.
Model number Mounting kit type Applicable cylinder Increase in cylinder height (in)
1 HSS - 25T +0.14

SLMK-1
1 HSS - 30T +0.14
2 HAS - 30T +0.39
SLMK-2
2 HRA - 30T +0.39
3 HSS - 50T +0.39
SLMK-3 3 HAS - 50T +0.39
3 HRA - 50T +0.39
SLMK-4 4 HSS - 75T +0.39
5 HSS - 100T +0.39
SLMK-5 5 HAS - 100T +0.39
5 HRA - 100T +0.39
SLMK-6 6 HDA - 25T +0.43
SLMK-7 7 HDA - 50T +0.39
SLMK-8 8 HDA - 100T +0.39
9 HDA - 150T +0.39
SLMK-9
9 HDA - 200T +0.39
SLMK-10 10 HHS - 20T +0.43
11 HHS - 30T +0.47
SLMK-11
11 HHR - 30T +0.47
SLMK-12 12 HHS - 37T +0.04
SLMK-13 13 HHA - 50T +0.04
14 HHS - 60T +0.47
SLMK-14
14 HHR - 60T +0.47
15 HHS - 100T +0.39
SLMK-15
15 HHR - 100T +0.39
SLMK-16 16 HHR - 150T +0.39
SLMK-17 17 HHR - 250T +0.39
SLMK-18 18 HFA - 30T 0
SLMK-19 19 HFA - 50T +0.32
20 HFA - 100T 0
SLMK-20
20 HGG - 150T 0
SLMK-21 21 HDA - 300T 0
22 HDA - 400T 0
SLMK-22
22 HDA - 500T 0
23 HDA - 800T 0
SLMK-23 23 HDA - 1000T 0
23 HFG - 800T 0
24 HFL - 50T +0.32
SLMK-24
24 HFG - 50T +0.32
25 HFG - 400T 0
25 HFG - 500T 0
SLMK-25
25 HGG - 200T 0
25 HSG - 200T 0
26 HFL - 100T +0.35
SLMK-26
26 HFG - 100T +0.35
27 HFL - 150T +0.32
27 HFG - 150T +0.32
SLMK-27
27 HFG - 200T +0.32
27 HSG - 150T +0.32
28 HFG - 250T 0
SLMK-28 28 HFG - 300T 0
28 HGG - 300T 0
SLMK-29 29 HSG - 300T 0
SLMK-30 30 HFL - 250T +0.32
SLMK-31 31 HFL - 400T +0.39
SLMK-32 32 HFL - 500T +0.39
SLMK-33 33 HFG - 1000T 0

HYDRAULIC PUMPS
The SLF system is designed for use with standard single and double acting cylinders. Below table lists the SLF model and cylinder
type that can be used with it.
Model number Applicable cylinder type Applicable cylinder range Cylinder stroke (in) Page reference
Single acting HSS 2.01 - 18.01 10

Single acting HHS 1.97 - 5.99 11
Single acting HFL 1.77 - 2.01 14
Single acting HFG 1.97 - 5.99 15
SLF4S
SLF6S Single acting HAS 2.01 - 5.99 16
SLF8S
Single acting HHA 2.01 - 4.14 17
Single acting HFA 2.05 - 12.02 18
Single acting HGG 6.11 20
Single acting HSG 5.99 21
Double acting HHR 2.01 - 12.02 12

SLF4D
SLF6D Double acting HDA 5.99 - 20.02 13
SLF8D
Double acting HRA 2.01 - 12.02 19
DISPLACEMENT SENSORS
` 25 inches (635 mm) string pot

` Provides stroke feedback to controls
` Includes magnet for mounting
` Each lifting point requires one sensor
` String pot displacement sensors as standard, other
displacement sensors available on request
Model number Type and stroke (in)
SLDS650 25.61
SENSOR CABLES
` Each displacement sensor requires one cable
Model number Length (ft)
SLDC10 33
SLDC25 82
SLDC50 164
SLDC75 246
SLDC100 330

HYDRAULIC PUMPS
SLV | SYNCHRONOUS LIFTING SYSTEM - VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE
Control from 8 to 32 lifting points
Variable speed control
Control unit complete with multiple screens (depending on

configuration and monitoring requirements) and USB port, supplied on
a cable for remote operation.
` Designed for precise lifting and lowering of heavy loads using multiple synchronized hydraulic cylinders
` System comprises of heavy duty three phase electric motor, operator control panel to monitor up to
32 channels and a robust framework for transportation and storage of the entire system
` Selection of outlet valves ranging from 8-outlet pump to 32-outlet pump, with single or double acting controls on each outlet
` Two stage pump unit offers a maximum low pressure flow rate of 1196.06 inches3 per minute and a maximum high pressure flow
rate of 292.91 inches3 per minute at 10000 psi, with an option of reducing the flow rate using the variable speed drive controller
` 10000 psi pressure transducers are fitted as standard on each outlet
` Reservoir capacity of 52.82 and 105.64 gallons
` Intuitive touch screen controller with several display options including stroke,
cylinder pressure, system pressure and indicative weight of load
` Includes a system data logging feature which allows operators to obtain a post lift report or end of project technical summary
` Specified for string pot displacement sensors as standard. Alternative sensor types available upon request.
` Operating modes for the SLV include Manual, Pre-load, Automatic control,
Depressurization, Center of gravity and Indicative weighing
` System can be adapted to suit customer’s special lifting requirements
` Customized systems can be tailored for unique application requirements

HYDRAULIC PUMPS
54.37"
58.71" 79.15"
Total oil flow per outlet (in3/min)

Model number Number of outlets Oil capacity (gallons) Motor voltage
1st stage 2nd stage
SLV82 8 52.82 1196.06 292.91 380/440V-3Ph
SLV122 12 52.82 1196.06 292.91 380/440V-3Ph
SLV162 16 52.82 1196.06 292.91 380/440V-3Ph
SLV202 20 52.82 1196.06 292.91 380/440V-3Ph
SLV242 24 52.82 1196.06 292.91 380/440V-3Ph
SLV282 28 52.82 1196.06 292.91 380/440V-3Ph
SLV322 32 52.82 1196.06 292.91 380/440V-3Ph
SLV84 8 105.64 1196.06 292.91 380/440V-3Ph
SLV124 12 105.64 1196.06 292.91 380/440V-3Ph
SLV164 16 105.64 1196.06 292.91 380/440V-3Ph
SLV204 20 105.64 1196.06 292.91 380/440V-3Ph
SLV244 24 105.64 1196.06 292.91 380/440V-3Ph
SLV284 28 105.64 1196.06 292.91 380/440V-3Ph
SLV324 32 105.64 1196.06 292.91 380/440V-3Ph
Note: All models are suitable for operation at 50 Hz and 60 Hz.

HYDRAULIC PUMPS
Mounting kits to fit single and double acting cylinders are listed below.
Model number Mounting kit type Applicable cylinder Increase in cylinder height (in)
1 HSS - 25T +0.14

SLMK-1
1 HSS - 30T +0.14
2 HAS - 30T +0.39
SLMK-2
2 HRA - 30T +0.39
3 HSS - 50T +0.39
SLMK-3 3 HAS - 50T +0.39
3 HRA - 50T +0.39
SLMK-4 4 HSS - 75T +0.39
5 HSS - 100T +0.39
SLMK-5 5 HAS - 100T +0.39
5 HRA - 100T +0.39
SLMK-6 6 HDA - 25T +0.43
SLMK-7 7 HDA - 50T +0.39
SLMK-8 8 HDA - 100T +0.39
9 HDA - 150T +0.39
SLMK-9
9 HDA - 200T +0.39
SLMK-10 10 HHS - 20T +0.43
11 HHS - 30T +0.47
SLMK-11
11 HHR - 30T +0.47
SLMK-12 12 HHS - 37T +0.04
SLMK-13 13 HHA - 50T +0.04
14 HHS - 60T +0.47
SLMK-14
14 HHR - 60T +0.47
15 HHS - 100T +0.39
SLMK-15
15 HHR - 100T +0.39
SLMK-16 16 HHR - 150T +0.39
SLMK-17 17 HHR - 250T +0.39
SLMK-18 18 HFA - 30T 0
SLMK-19 19 HFA - 50T +0.32
20 HFA - 100T 0
SLMK-20
20 HGG - 150T 0
SLMK-21 21 HDA - 300T 0
22 HDA - 400T 0
SLMK-22
22 HDA - 500T 0
23 HDA - 800T 0
SLMK-23 23 HDA - 1000T 0
23 HFG - 800T 0
24 HFL - 50T +0.32
SLMK-24
24 HFG - 50T +0.32
25 HFG - 400T 0
25 HFG - 500T 0
SLMK-25
25 HGG - 200T 0
25 HSG - 200T 0
26 HFL - 100T +0.35
SLMK-26
26 HFG - 100T +0.35
27 HFL - 150T +0.32
27 HFG - 150T +0.32
SLMK-27
27 HFG - 200T +0.32
27 HSG - 150T +0.32
28 HFG - 250T 0
SLMK-28 28 HFG - 300T 0
28 HGG - 300T 0
SLMK-29 29 HSG - 300T 0
SLMK-30 30 HFL - 250T +0.32
SLMK-31 31 HFL - 400T +0.39
SLMK-32 32 HFL - 500T +0.39
SLMK-33 33 HFG - 1000T 0

HYDRAULIC PUMPS
The SLV system is designed for use with standard single and double acting cylinders. Below table lists the SLV model and cylinder
type that can be used with it.
Model number Applicable cylinder type Applicable cylinder range Cylinder stroke (in) Page reference
Single acting HSS 2.01 - 18.01 10

SLV82
SLV122 Single acting HHS 1.97 - 5.99 11
SLV162
SLV202 Single acting HFL 1.77 - 2.01 14
SLV242
Single acting HFG 1.97 - 5.99 15
SLV282
SLV322
Single acting HAS 2.01 - 5.99 16
SLV84
SLV124
Single acting HHA 2.01 - 4.14 17
SLV164
SLV204 Single acting HFA 2.05 - 12.02 18
SLV244
SLV284 Single acting HGG 6.11 20
SLV324
Single acting HSG 5.99 21
SLV82
SLV122 Double acting HHR 2.01 - 12.02 12
SLV162
SLV202
SLV242
SLV282
SLV322
Double acting HDA 5.99 - 20.02 13
SLV84
SLV124
SLV164
SLV204
SLV244
SLV284 Double acting HRA 2.01 - 12.02 19
SLV324
DISPLACEMENT SENSORS
` 25 inches (635 mm) string pot

` Provides stroke feedback to controls
` Includes magnet for mounting
` Each lifting point requires one sensor
` String pot displacement sensors as standard, other
displacement sensors available on request
Model number Type and stroke (in)
SLDS650 25.61
SENSOR CABLES
` Each displacement sensor requires one cable

Model number Length (ft)
SLDC10 33
SLDC25 82
SLDC50 164
SLDC75 246
SLDC100 330

HYDRAULIC PUMPS
SYNCHRONOUS LIFTING SYSTEM FEATURES
FEATURE SLF SLV
PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS SUPPLIED AS STANDARD  

TOUCH SCREEN DISPLAY TO MONITOR STROKE AND PRESSURE  
CONTROL UNIT COMPLETE WITH TOUCH SCREEN  
USB PORT FOR SYSTEM DATA LOGGING - 
FORKLIFT ACCESS GUIDE CHANNELS  
INDIVIDUAL SELECTION OF CYLINDERS  
ACCURACY RANGE ADJUSTABLE UP TO +/- 0.04 in
BETWEEN LEADING AND LAGGING CYLINDERS  
FULL SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS WITH CABLE UNPLUG DETECTION  

CAN PROVIDE INDICATIVE WEIGHT OF LIFT  
SYSTEM SUITABLE FOR PRELOADING  
VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE FOR PRECISE FINE CONTROL - 
TEMPERATURE MONITORING SYSTEM - 
SYSTEM MOUNTED IN ENCLOSED FRAME WITH DOORS - 
OIL COOLING SYSTEM - 
CENTER OF GRAVITY INDICATION - 
FOR USE WITH BOTH SINGLE AND DOUBLE ACTING CYLINDERS Defined by model 

two stage pump unit:
1196.06 in3/min total flow up to 1450 psi,
Flow from 56.75 in3/min to 67.13 in3/min per 292.91 in3/min total flow up to 10000 psi
PUMP UNIT SPEC
outlet up to 10000 psi
Option of reducing the flow rate using
the variable speed drive controller, which
offers an R.P.M. range from 200 to 1800
TANK CAPACITY Up to 52.82 gallons reservoir capacity Up to 105.64 gallons reservoir capacity
INDIVIDUAL CONTROLLABLE LIFTING POINTS 4 to 8 8 to 32
String pot displacement sensors String pot displacement sensors

DISPLACEMENT SENSOR as standard. Other displacement as standard. Other displacement
sensors available on request sensors available on request
SENSOR CABLES Lengths up to 330 feet Lengths up to 330 feet

AHP11 RANGE HYDRAULIC PUMPS
AHP11 | AIR DRIVEN SINGLE STAGE HAND AND FOOT OPERATED PUMPS
Compact, lightweight & powerful
Standard 100 psi air input pressure required
` Choice of oil reservoirs from 0.63 to 2.64 gallons capacity

` Choice of 2-way or 4-way control valves
` Safety overload protection valve fitted as standard
` All models fitted with steel oil reservoir (excluding AHP1120)
` Optional remote pendant controller available. Suffix model number with ‘R’
Oil flow / Pressure chart

70
60
Hydraulic flow (in3/minute)
41 psi 50
61 psi
81 psi 40
100 psi
120 psi 30
20
105.6 gal/min
0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625 4350 5075 5800 6525 7250 7975 8700 9425 10000 10875
Hydraulic pressure (psi)
B B
A
D
G
D E F
H
C
A
F E G
C
AHP1120 (plastic oil reservoir)
AHP1121 (metal oil reservoir) AHP1141 (metal oil reservoir)
AHP1122 (metal oil reservoir) AHP1142 (metal oil reservoir)
Maximum Usable Air inlet Oil outlet Dimensions (in)

Model Valve Weight
flow rate oil capacity connection connection
number type (lbs) A B C D E F G H
(in3/min) (gallons) G NPTF
AHP1120 48.82 2-way 0.63 ¼” 3
⁄8 ” 10.4 14.38 * 9.34 6.19 2.6-3.55 * 8.27 4.93
AHP1121 48.82 2-way 1.32 ¼” 3
⁄8 ” 19.8 16.55 * 14.97 9.46 8.67 * 8.79 4.49
AHP1122 48.82 2-way 2.64 ¼” 3
⁄8 ” 39.2 18.28 22.06 * 8.27 * 4.26 10.8 6.23
AHP1141 48.82 4-way 1.32 ¼” 3
⁄8 ” 20.9 16.55 * 14.97 9.46 8.67 * 10.44 4.49
AHP1142 48.82 4-way 2.64 ¼” 3
⁄8 ” 40.3 18.28 22.06 * 8.27 * * 12.41 6.23
*Not Applicable

HAP RANGE HYDRAULIC PUMPS
HAP | AIR DRIVEN PUMPS - GENERAL DUTY HIGH FLOW
Two stage operation
Choice of 2.64 or 6.6 gallons oil reservoir
` Driven by a powerful 4.08 kW rotary air motor

with a maximum air consumption of 84.75 cubic
feet per minute at 100 psi inlet air pressure C
` Externally adjustable pressure relief valve for
pressure setting up to a maximum of 10000 psi
` Cable management features for cable/ B
` Supplied as standard with pressure gauge
FRL unit and a robust roll frame
Model Valve Oil capacity Maximum flow rate (in3/min) Dimensions (in)
Weight (lbs)
number type (gallons) 1st stage 2nd stage A B C
HAP21011 P-T Plate 2.64 610.24 79.33 102.5 24.7 11.5 24.9
HAP21012 P-T Plate 6.6 610.24 79.33 137.8 24.7 13.87 29.71
HAP21021 2-way 2.64 610.24 79.33 103.6 24.7 11.5 24.9
HAP21022 2-way 6.6 610.24 79.33 138.9 24.7 13.87 29.71
HAP21031 3-way 2.64 610.24 79.33 103.6 24.7 11.5 24.9
HAP21032 3-way 6.6 610.24 79.33 138.9 24.7 13.87 29.71
HAP21041 4-way 2.64 610.24 79.33 103.6 24.7 11.5 24.9
HAP21042 4-way 6.6 610.24 79.33 138.9 24.7 13.87 29.71

HPP RANGE WHEEL TROLLEY HYDRAULIC PUMPS
HPP | GASOLINE ENGINE DRIVEN PUMPS - GENERAL DUTY HIGH FLOW
Two stage operation
Choice of 6.6, 10.56 or 15.84 gallons oil reservoir

load holding feature on 3 & 4-way versions 3
⁄8” - 18 NPT
` Externally adjustable pressure relief valve for
pressure setting up to a maximum of 10000 psi C
` Factory fitted roll bar protection frame included
Model Valve Oil capacity Maximum flow rate (in3/minute) Weight Dimensions (in)
number type (gallons) 1st stage 2nd stage (lbs) A B C
HPP21012 P-T Plate 6.6 610.24 79.33 155.4 22.46 12.06 27.03
HPP21014 P-T Plate 10.56 610.24 79.33 188.5 22.46 12.06 31.32
HPP21016 P-T Plate 15.84 610.24 79.33 250.2 22.97 16 32.15
HPP21022 2-way 6.6 610.24 79.33 156.5 22.46 12.06 27.03
HPP21024 2-way 10.56 610.24 79.33 189.6 22.46 12.06 31.32
HPP21026 2-way 15.84 610.24 79.33 251.3 22.97 16 32.15
HPP21032 3-way 6.6 610.24 79.33 156.5 22.46 12.06 27.03
HPP21034 3-way 10.56 610.24 79.33 189.6 22.46 12.06 31.32
HPP21036 3-way 15.84 610.24 79.33 251.3 22.97 16 32.15
HPP21042 4-way 6.6 610.24 79.33 156.5 22.46 12.06 27.03
HPP21044 4-way 10.56 610.24 79.33 189.6 22.46 12.06 31.32
HPP21046 4-way 15.84 610.24 79.33 251.3 22.97 16 32.15
WHEEL TROLLEY

PPA40WT
reservoir

PPA60WT
reservoir
All 40L and 60L HPP pumps can be supplied with a factory fitted wheel trolley.
Just suffix model number with ‘WT’.

HI-FORCE SYSTEM COMPONENTS
The Hi-Force range of system components is designed

and manufactured to provide all the essential
accessory items required to complete the required high
pressure hydraulic system. Whether the requirements
are for a hose, pressure gauge and gauge block, for a
simple hydraulic tool set up using a remote pump, or a
more complex system of multiple lifting cylinders with
manifolds, control valves, gauges, hoses, couplings and
fittings, Hi-Force system components offer the essential
high quality performance, to ensure the hydraulic
system integrity and safe operation and use of your
Hi-Force hydraulic tools, is maintained at all times.
Specify Hi-Force system components for use with your
Hi-Force hydraulic tools.

SYSTEM COMPONENTS
HYDRAULIC HOSES 54
High pressure hydraulic hoses
PRESSURE GAUGES & MOUNTING BLOCKS 55

Gauges and mounting blocks
DIGITAL PRESSURE GAUGE 56

Digital gauge with LCD display
PRESSURE TRANDUCER & DIGITAL DISPLAY 57

Transducer and digital display
MANIFOLDS 58
Distribution blocks
CONTROLLED MANIFOLDS ASSEMBLIES 59

Manifold stations with pressure gauges
HYDRAULIC OIL 60
Premium grade hydraulic oil
HIGH PRESSURE COUPLERS & FITTINGS 61

High pressure couplers, fittings and adaptors
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES 62

Directional control valves
FLOW CONTROL VALVES 63

Flow control valves
[email protected] Northwest Region (Seattle) - 208-391-3895 53

SYSTEM COMPONENTS
HYDRAULIC HOSES SYSTEM COMPONENTS
HIGH PRESSURE HYDRAULIC HOSES
4:1 Factor of safety
Hand grip protective strain relievers
` Available in black or red outer covering to assist with identifying advance and return lines in double acting hydraulic systems
No couplers 3
⁄8” - 18 NPT male fitting one CM1 male couplers
3
⁄8” - 18 NPT male end with CM1 coupler fitted both ends
Length fitting both ends Weight fitted one end Weight Weight
(ft) (lbs) (lbs) (lbs)
Model number Model number Model number
1.5 HH0.5 HH0.5R 0.9 HC0.5 HC0.5R 1.1 HC0.5C HC0.5CR 1.5
3.3 HH1 HH1R 1.1 HC1 HC1R 1.5 HC1C HC1CR 2.2
10 HH3 HH3R 2.0 HC3 HC3R 2.2 HC3C HC3CR 2.6
Note: Hose bore is ¼" and outside diameter is ½".

PRESSURE GAUGES & MOUNTING BLOCKS SYSTEM COMPONENTS
PRESSURE GAUGES & GAUGE MOUNTING BLOCKS
Clear precise dual scale readings
Manufactured to EN837-1
+/-1% full scale accuracy
GAUGES
` Choice of dry or glycerin filled models available
` Recommended for use within all hydraulic systems to monitor hydraulic pressure
` Dual scale reading on all models
` Gauges scaled to match high tonnage cylinders available on request
` Individual gauge calibration certificates available at extra cost on request
Model Gauge diameter Gauge Reading inner Reading outer Compatible

scale scale Inlet thread Weight (lbs)
number (in) type Hi-Force cylinders
HG63G 2.48 glycerin 0-700 bar 0-10000 psi ¼”-18 NPT All models 0.4
HG1 3.94 dry 0-700 bar 0-10000 psi ½”-14 NPT All models 2.0
HG1G 3.94 glycerin 0-700 bar 0-10000 psi ½”-14 NPT All models 2.2
HG2 5.91 dry 0-700 bar 0-10000 psi ½”-14 NPT All models 3.5
HG2G 5.91 glycerin 0-700 bar 0-10000 psi ½”-14 NPT All models 3.7
GAUGE MOUNTING BLOCKS

` For easy “inline” connection of the selected pressure gauge to the hydraulic system
Model Dimensions (in)

Gauge thread Inlet thread Outlet thread Weight (lbs)
number Length Width Height
HGA1 2.96 1.26 1.26 ½”-14 NPT 3

⁄8”-18 NPT male 3
⁄8”-18 NPT female 0.6
HGA2 6.3 1.26 1.26 ½”-14 NPT 3

HGA1-25 2.96 1.26 1.26 ¼”-18 NPT 3

HGA2-25 6.3 1.26 1.26 ¼”-18 NPT 3

AGA1-25 2.96 1.26 1.97 ¼”-18 NPT 3


DIGITAL PRESSURE GAUGE SYSTEM COMPONENTS
DIGITAL PRESSURE GAUGE
5 digit LCD display
Choice of pressure readings
0.5% full scale accuracy
` High quality, general purpose gauge to measure pressure up to 14500 psi (1000 bar)
` Displays readings in psi, psi, mpa and kg/cm2
` LCD display with 0.47 inches, 5 digit upper line pressure reading and 0.24 inches, 5 digit lower line unit reading
` Blue backlight allows for easy reading in poor visibility conditions
` Minimum 2000 hours battery life (3 VDC)
` Supplied with rubber enclosure to help protect against accidental impact
` Features include tare, min & max memory and IP65 weatherproof enclosure rating
` Compatible gauge mounting blocks are detailed on page 55
Ø 3.11"
2.04"
2"
2.64"
1.06" 0.85"
¼” NPT
Model Gauge Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Inlet

Weight (lbs)
number diameter (in) reading (psi) reading (bar) reading (mpa) reading (kg/cm2) thread
HDG1 2.76 0-14500 0-1000 0-100 0-1019.7 ¼”-18 NPT 0.4

PRESSURE TRANDUCER & DIGITAL DISPLAY SYSTEM COMPONENTS
PRESSURE TRANSDUCER & DIGITAL DISPLAY
Pressure readings in bar and psi
0.5% full scale accuracy
Maximum working pressure 10000 psi
PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
` For precise measurement of system pressure up to 10000 psi
` Supplied complete with a 6.5 foot connecting cable
` Output 4-20 mA
Model Pressure Pressure Connection Accuracy

Weight (lbs)
number reading (psi) reading (bar) thread percentage full scale
HPT1 0-10000 0-700 ¼”-18 NPT 0.5 0.2
DIGITAL DISPLAY UNIT

` For use with HPT1 transducer to record pressure in applications where remote reading is preferred
` Compact size with large LCD screen
` Displays readings in psi or bar
` Features include minimum and maximum value, average value, tare offset and reset
` Complete with worldwide power supply unit
` IP65 enclosure rating
` For use with 4-20 mA pressure transducer
Model Pressure Pressure Screen display size (in) Overall size (in) Voltage
Weight (lbs)
number reading (psi) reading (bar) LxH LxWxH VDC
HDD1 0-10000 0-700 3x1 4.3 x 4.33 x 1.58 18 - 32 0.7

MANIFOLDS SYSTEM COMPONENTS
MANIFOLDS
Choice of open or controlled manifolds
2, 4, 5, 6 or 8 outlet port models available
` Designed for easy control of the direction of flow of the hydraulic fluid within the system
` Available as open manifold blocks or with individual needle type shut off/throttle valves on each outlet
C C
A
B
A
E C
B B
D D
HM* & HM*L HM*C HM5
Connection ports
Model Number of female threads Weight Dimensions (in)
Type Design
number outlets (lbs) A B C D E F
Inlet Outlet
HM2 open manifold parallel 2 3

⁄8”-18 NPT 2 x 3⁄8”-18 NPT 2.2 4.49 1.26 1.26 1.97 - -

⁄8”-18 NPT 4 x 3⁄8”-18 NPT 3.3 8.43 1.26 1.26 1.97 - -
HM5 open manifold hexagon 5 3

⁄8”-18 NPT 5 x 3⁄8”-18 NPT 1.5 - 1.62 2.01 - M6 1.5

⁄8”-18 NPT 6 x 3⁄8”-18 NPT 4.4 12.37 1.26 1.26 1.97 - -

⁄8”-18 NPT 8 x 3⁄8”-18 NPT 5.5 16.31 1.26 1.26 1.97 - -
HM4L open manifold extended parallel 4 3

⁄8”-18 NPT 4 x 3⁄8”-18 NPT 5.3 15.52 1.26 1.26 4.33 - -
HM6L open manifold extended parallel 6 3

⁄8”-18 NPT 6 x 3⁄8”-18 NPT 8.2 24.19 1.26 1.26 4.33 - -
HM2C controlled manifold parallel 2 3

⁄8”-18 NPT 2 x 3⁄8”-18 NPT 4.4 5.91 2.01 1.5 3.94 - -
HM4C controlled manifold parallel 4 3

⁄8”-18 NPT 4 x 3⁄8”-18 NPT 7.7 13.79 2.01 1.5 3.94 - -

CONTROLLED MANIFOLDS ASSEMBLIES SYSTEM COMPONENTS
CONTROLLED MANIFOLD ASSEMBLIES
Up to 4 outlets with individual control on each
Choice of manifolds for single or double acting

systems
` Pressure gauges fitted to advance ports on all models

` Quick connect couplings fitted as standard to all inlet and outlet ports
` Precise control of oil flow and pressure within the hydraulic system
D
D
B B
A C A
C
HM2C-SU HM2C-DU
D D
B
B
A
C C A
HM4C-SU HM4C-DU
Model Weight Dimensions (in)

Description
number (lbs) A B C D
HM2C-SU 2-way controlled manifold unit, suitable for single acting systems 4.4 5.91 2.01 2.01 3.94
HM2C-DU 2-way controlled manifold unit, suitable for double acting systems 6.6 5.91 4.02 2.01 3.94
HM4C-SU 4-way controlled manifold unit, suitable for single acting systems 7.7 13.79 2.01 2.01 3.94
HM4C-DU 4-way controlled manifold unit, suitable for double acting systems 13.2 13.79 4.02 2.01 3.94

HYDRAULIC OIL SYSTEM COMPONENTS
HYDRAULIC OIL
Premium grade hydraulic oil
High viscosity index
Supplied in a choice of 0.26, 1.32 or 6.6 gallon

containers
` Effective and reliable lubricant

` Foaming resistance
` Provides optimum performance in all high pressure applications
` Specially formulated for use with all Hi-Force hydraulic tools
Model number Contents (gallons)
HFO15-1 0.26
HFO15-5 1.32
HFO15-25 6.6
HFO46-1 0.26
HFO46-5 1.32
HFO46-25 6.6
OIL TYPE RECOMMENDATION

Oil Type Oil Type Oil Type
Product Product Product
HFO15 HFO46 HFO15 HFO46 HFO15 HFO46
ACP   HGG   HVL  
AHP/AHP-CR/AHP2/ HHA   HWRC  
AHP2-CR/ATDP
  HHP JAH
   
AHP11   HHR   JAS  
BC   HHS   JCS/JCH  
BPP   HKP   Manifolds  
CH   HLS   MHP  
Controlled Manifolds   HMJ   NS  

Couplers & Fittings   HMNS   PB  
CT   Hoses   PKC  
Digital Gauge   HP(All)   PKS  
DNS   HP-FP   PMV2  
Gauge/Blocks   HPC   PMV3/PMV3L  
HAP   HPF   PMV4/PMV4L  
HAS   HPP   RMV3/RMV3L  
HBW   HPR/HBR   RMV4/RMV4L  
HCC   HPS   SBT  
HCH   HPT   SC  
HDA   HPX   SCP  
HEP1   HPV152   SPP  
HEP103   HRA   STS  

HEP2/HEP3/HEP5   HSG   STU  
HFA   HSP   Toughlift  
HFG   HSS   TPA  
HFL   HSWC   TPE  
HFS-H   HTN  
HFV42   HTWP  
HFV66   HTWR1  
Note:  Recommended and factory fitted grade
 Acceptable alternative

HIGH PRESSURE COUPLERS & FITTINGS SYSTEM COMPONENTS
HIGH PRESSURE COUPLERS AND FITTINGS
` Suitable for working pressures up to 10000 psi

` Designed to ensure easy system connection and assembly
Model
See picture Description Thread specification
number
HF7 1 Nipple ¼” NPT male to ¼” NPT male
HF8 5 Adaptor ¼” NPT female to ¼” NPT female

Picture 1 Picture 2
HF10 2 Elbow 3
⁄8” NPT female to 3⁄8” NPT female
HF12 3 Equal tee 3

⁄8” NPT female
HF13 4 Cross 3
⁄8” NPT female
HF14 5 Adaptor 3
⁄8” NPT female to 3⁄8” NPT female
HF15 5 Reducer 3
⁄8” NPT female to ¼” NPT female Picture 3 Picture 4
HF16 6 Elbow 3
⁄8” NPT female to ⁄8” NPT male3
HF17 1 Nipple 3
⁄8” NPT male to 3⁄8” NPT male
HF19 1 Long nipple 3

⁄8” NPT male to 3⁄8” NPT male
HF24 7 Adaptor 3
⁄8” NPT male to 3⁄8” BSP female
Picture 5 Picture 6
HF27 1 Nipple ¼” NPT male to 3⁄8” NPT male
HF30 7 Reducer 3
⁄8” NPT male to ¼” NPT female
HF31 8 Tee 3
⁄8” NPT female to 3⁄8” NPT male
HF33 7 Reducer 3
⁄8” NPT male to ¼” BSP female
HF55 7 Reducer 3
⁄8” NPT female to ¼” NPT male Picture 7 Picture 8
HF69 7 Adaptor ½” BSP male to 3⁄8” NPT female
CF1 9 Female coupler 3

⁄8” NPT male
CM1 10 Male coupler 3

⁄8” NPT female
CMF1 9 + 10 Complete coupler 3

⁄8” NPT
Picture 9 Picture 10
CF2 9 Female coupler ¼” NPT male
CM2 10 Male coupler ¼” NPT female
CMF2 9 + 10 Complete coupler ¼” NPT
CFD1 11 Metal dust cap for CF1

Picture 11 Picture 12
CMD1 12 Metal dust cap for CM1
CFD2 11 Metal dust cap for CF2
CMD2 12 Metal dust cap for CM2
Moulded universal dust cap to

PPC1 13
suit CF1 & CM1
Picture 13

DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES SYSTEM COMPONENTS
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES
Pump or remote mounted design
Manual or solenoid options available
` Choice of 2, 3 or 4-way options

` Designed to provide precise control of oil flow and pressure
PMV2 PMV3L / RMV3L

A
A
P T
PMV3 / RMV3 PMV3C / RMV3C

A A
P T
PMV4L / RMV4L
P T P T
A B
PMV4 / RMV4 PMV4C / RMV4C

A B A B
P T P T
P T
Model number
Description Manual valve Manual valve Manual valve
no load holding with load holding closed center
Pump mounted, 2-way, 2 position valve PMV2 - -
Pump mounted, 3-way, 3 position valve PMV3 PMV3L PMV3C
Pump mounted, 4-way, 3 position valve PMV4 PMV4L PMV4C
Remote mounted, 3-way, 3 position valve RMV3 RMV3L RMV3C
Remote mounted, 4-way, 3 position valve RMV4 RMV4L RMV4C

FLOW CONTROL VALVES SYSTEM COMPONENTS
FLOW CONTROL VALVES
3
⁄8” - 18 NPT female connection ports

Description
number Height Length Width
Manual shut off valve with needle type flow control.

HM1C Used for load holding and throttling functions. 3.23 2.52 1.5
Can also be used as a gauge isolator.

Description
Manual check valve used for automatic load locking,

HFV66 3.39 2.96 1.85
with precise manual load lowering feature.

Description
Adjustable pressure relief valve, for pressure setting from

HPV152 4.02 2.52 1.26
800 to 10000 psi. Supplied complete with return line hose.

Description
Pilot operated check valve used as a safety valve for double

HFV42 3.31 2.52 1.26
acting cylinders. Pilot port connects to cylinder retract line.

HI-FORCE HYDRAULIC JACKS
The Hi-Force range of hydraulic jacks offers a wide

choice of lifting capacities, closed and extended
heights, material construction and design. From
self-contained aluminum to remote pump operated,
steel toe lift jacks and compact low height jacks for
confined space applications, the Hi-Force hydraulic jack
range offers the user a wide choice of options, to suit
every application. All jacks are supplied prefilled with oil
ready to use.

JACKS
JAS RANGE 66
Aluminum jacks, compact multi-purpose design
JAH RANGE 67
Aluminum jacks plain piston, claw jacks and locking ring design
JCS & JCH RANGE 68

Steel & aluminum jacks, compact low height design
HMJ RANGE 69
Steel jacks, low height access machine lift design
JACKS

JAS RANGE JACKS
JAS | ALUMINUM JACKS
Maximum capacity 11 tons
Choice of 2.96 or 4.93 inches hydraulic lift height
Internal safety overload device
` Lightweight aluminum jack body

` Spring assisted piston retraction
` Nitrocarburized steel piston for increased corrosion resistance
` Over stroke safety limiting device
B
C
Model Capacity Stroke Weight Dimensions (in)

number (tons) (in) (lbs) A B C
JAS103 11 2.96 9.5 5.16 6.38 2.96
JAS105 11 4.93 12.6 7.13 6.38 2.96

JAH RANGE JACKS
JAH | ALUMINUM JACKS
Choice of 5.99 or 12.02 inches stroke lengths
Internal safety overload device
ØF D
` Lightweight aluminum construction with critical

parts manufactured from high quality steel A A1 A2
` Available with plain piston, lifting claw or
failsafe mechanical lock ring
` Claw lift capacities from 9 to 26 tons
` Safety over stroke limiting device
E
B
C B1
Model Jack capacity Claw capacity Stroke Weight Dimensions (in)

number (tons) (tons) (in) (lbs) A A1 A2 B B1 C D E F
Jack with plain piston

JAH620 22 - 5.99 24.3 10.36 - - 7.01 - 4.77 2.25 - 2.36
JAH1220 22 - 12.02 37.5 17.26 - - - 9.69 4.77 2.25 - 2.36
JAH630 33 - 5.99 35.3 10.36 - - 8 - 5.52 2.76 - 2.99
JAH1230 33 - 12.02 52.9 17.77 - - - 10.76 5.52 2.76 - 2.99
JAH660 66 - 5.99 61.7 11.54 - - 9.89 - 7.49 3.62 - 4.26
JAH1260 66 - 12.02 97.0 19.7 - - - 13.47 7.49 3.62 - 4.26
Jack with plain piston & lifting claw with extended base
JAH620C 22 9 5.99 33.1 - 11.03 - - 9.69 4.77 2.25 2.64 -
JAH1220C 22 9 12.02 50.7 - 17.97 - - 9.69 4.77 2.25 2.64 -
JAH630C 33 13 5.99 46.3 - 11.07 - - 10.76 5.52 2.76 3.07 -
JAH1230C 33 13 12.02 70.5 - 18.6 - - 10.76 5.52 2.76 3.07 -
JAH660C 66 26 5.99 97.0 - 13.2 - - 13.47 7.49 3.62 3.07 -
JAH1260C 66 26 12.02 143.3 - 21.47 - - 13.47 7.49 3.62 3.07 -
Jack with failsafe mechanical load holding lock ring
JAH620SR 22 - 5.99 28.7 - - 11.39 7.01 - 4.77 2.25 - 2.36
JAH1220SR 22 - 12.02 41.9 - - 18.28 - 9.69 4.77 2.25 - 2.36
JAH630SR 33 - 5.99 37.5 - - 11.5 8 - 5.52 2.76 - 2.99
JAH1230SR 33 - 12.02 55.1 - - 18.87 - 10.76 5.52 2.76 - 2.99
JAH660SR 66 - 5.99 66.1 - - 13 9.89 - 7.49 3.62 - 4.26
JAH1260SR 66 - 12.02 101.4 - - 21.12 - 13.47 7.49 3.62 - 4.26
Note: Lifting claw capacity on toe is maximum 40% of jack capacity, do not exceed!

JCS & JCH RANGE JACKS
JCS & JCH | COMPACT JACKS
Lightweight and compact
D
ØC
` Spring assisted piston retraction (JCS)

` Load return piston (JCH) B
` Nitrocarburized steel piston rod for corrosion resistance
` 360 degree positional pumping mechanism
for increased versatility
` Internal safety overload valve E
A
ØF
JCS - SOLID PISTON
Model Capacity Body Stroke Weight Dimensions (in)

number (tons) construction (in) (lbs) A B C D E F
JCS10 11 Steel 1.38 9.9 9.46 2.99 1.5 10.48 2.76 -
JCS20 22 Aluminum 1.62 12.1 10.13 4.02 2.01 11.07 4.02 -
JCS30 33 Aluminum 1.77 17.6 11.07 4.41 2.36 11.23 4.93 -
JCH - HOLLOW PISTON
Model Capacity Body Stroke Weight Dimensions (in)

number (tons) construction (in) (lbs) A B C D E F
JCH13 14 Aluminum 1.62 12.1 10.13 3.74 2.01 11.07 4.02 0.99
JCH21 23 Aluminum 1.77 17.6 11.07 4.49 2.36 11.23 4.93 1.38

HMJ RANGE JACKS
HMJ | STEEL MACHINE LIFT JACKS
Capacities of 11 and 28 tons
10000 psi maximum working pressure
` Lifting toe is precision guided throughout its lifting stroke to reduce friction and
prevent potential side loading of the hydraulic cylinder
` Operated using a remote pump and hose for increased operator safety
` Lifting toe with minimum height of 1 inch, can be pre-set at three lifting positions
` Suitable for multiple lift point applications
F D
C
B
A
G I
Model Capacity (tons) Stroke Weight Dimensions (in)

number Toe Head (in) (lbs) A B C D E F G H I
HMJ10 9 11 5.91 64.4 0.99 3.11 5.24 10.72 16.63 11.15 7.96 4.81 7.37
HMJ25 22 28 5.91 121.5 1.38 4.61 7.84 13 18.91 13.75 11.5 5.99 8.31
Note: Maximum permissible input hydraulic pressure when lifting on the jack toe is 8630 psi for HMJ10 and 8120 psi for HMJ25, do not exceed!

HI-FORCE TOUGHLIFT
JACKING SYSTEM
The Hi-Force Toughlift Jacking System offers users the

easiest and safest method of lifting heavy plant and
construction vehicles, in the mining and construction
industry and railway locomotives, when critical
maintenance and breakdown repair work is required.
Suitable for lifting, even the largest vehicles, currently in
production around the world, the Hi-Force Toughlift is
available in 55, 110, 165 & 220 ton lifting capacities.

TOUGHLIFT
TL RANGE 72
ToughLift jacking systems
TL ACCESSORIES 73
Slip lock & load lock extensions
TL ACCESSORIES 74
Load block sets, spacers
TL ACCESSORIES 75
ToughLift accessories configuration examples
TOUGHLIFT

TL RANGE TOUGHLIFT
TL | TOUGHLIFT JACKING SYSTEMS
Choice of 8 models with capacities from 55 to

220 tons
Lifting heights up to 27 inches
Dimensions for 55 ton models:

Handle in parking
Handle in lifting position
position Handle positions for
maneuvering
E D G (max)
G (min)
A
` Choice of air or electric driven hydraulic system
` High flow 3-stage pump unit offers faster
advance and retract times
` Solid tyres fitted as standard with C B F (min)
option of pneumatic tyres
F (max)
` Narrow width wheels and redesigned
wheel position for better ground clearance Dimensions for all other models:
and balance when maneuvering Handle positions for
Handle in lifting and
` Push button remote hand pendant parking position
maneuvering
controller with 16.5 feet control cable
` Tilting saddles fitted as standard on all models
` User friendly design with easily accessible
maintenance features
` Wide range of accessories available for even
greater versatility see pages 73 and 74 F (max)
D A
F (min)
E (min)
C B
E (max)
Model Capacity Power Stroke Weight Max additional Dimensions (in)

A B C D E F G
number (tons) supply (in) (lbs) stack (in) (min-max) (min-max) (min-max)
TL050A255 55 90-psi air driven 10.01 352.7 26.79 17.93 26 22.06 56.74 56.74 14.97 - 39.4 27.58 - 51.22
TL050E255 55 240V electric, 50 Hz 10.01 370.4 26.79 17.93 26 22.06 56.74 56.74 14.97 - 39.4 27.58 - 51.22
TL050E255H 55 240V electric, 60 Hz 10.01 370.4 26.79 17.93 26 22.06 56.74 56.74 14.97 - 39.4 27.58 - 51.22
TLA10016 110 90-psi air driven 15.96 637.1 18.91 26.2 44.52 25.69 32.74 14.03 - 33.65 18.32 - 63.24 -
TLA20015 220 90-psi air driven 15.01 822.3 19.7 26 44.52 25.69 32.7 14.03 - 33.65 18.32 - 63.24 -
TLA20027 220 90-psi air driven 27 998.7 7.09 37.98 44.52 25.69 42.75 14.03 - 33.65 18.32 - 63.24 -
Note: 110, 165 and 220 ton electric driven Hi-Force ToughLift jacking systems available on request

TL ACCESSORIES TOUGHLIFT
TL ACCESSORIES
` Slip lock extensions can be used in multiples up to the maximum height as specified in the table
` Load lock extensions can only be used one at a time, and optionally in conjunction with slip lock extensions
` Both extension options will terminate with a swivel tilting saddle on the top of the extension stack
SLIP LOCK EXTENSIONS
Length Length Length Length Length To suit Recommended

7.1 in 11.8 in 15.8 in 19.1 in 19.7 in model max. extension height (in)
TL050A255
SLE180-50 SLE300-50 SLE400-50 * SLE500-50 TL050E255 26.79
TL050E255H
SLE180-100 SLE300-100 * SLE485-100 * TLA10016 19.11
SLE180-100 * * * * TLA10021 7.09
SLE180-150 SLE300-150 * SLE485-150 * TLA15015 19.11
SLE180-150 * * * * TLA15020 7.09
SLE180-200 SLE300-200 SLE400-200 * SLE500-200 TLA20015 19.7
SLE180-200 * * * * TLA20027 7.09
*Exceeds recommended maximum extension height
LOAD LOCK EXTENSIONS
Length Length Length Length Length To suit Recommended

7.1 in 11.8 in 15.8 in 19.1 in 19.7 in model max. extension height (in)
TL050A255
LLE180-50 LLE300-50 LLE400-50 * LLE500-50 TL050E255 26.79
TL050E255H
LLE180-100 LLE300-100 * LLE485-100 * TLA10016 19.11
LLE180-100 * * * * TLA10021 7.09
LLE180-150 LLE300-150 * LLE485-150 * TLA15015 19.11
LLE180-150 * * * * TLA15020 7.09
LLE180-200 LLE300-200 LLE400-200 * LLE500-200 TLA20015 19.7
LLE180-200 * * * * TLA20027 7.09
*Exceeds recommended maximum extension height

TL ACCESSORIES
TROLLEY MOUNTED LOAD BLOCK SETS
Model Capacity Lock out height Load To suit

Adaptor
number (tons) (in) blocks model
TL050A255
TLB50-250 55 9.85 3 1 TL050E255
TL050E255H
TLB100-405 110 15.76 5 1 TLA10016
TLB100-530 110 20.69 7 1 TLA10021
TLB150-390 165 15.17 5 1 TLA15015
TLB150-520 165 20.29 7 1 TLA15020
TLB200-380 220 14.78 5 1 TLA20015
TLB200-685 220 26.6 9 1 TLA20027
SPACERS
` Base mounted spacer to increase closed height by 11.8 inches
` Only available for TLA20015 model and weight is
increased by an extra 173.1 lbs when fitted
` Suffix TLA20015 with “E” when ordering with spacer fitted

TL ACCESSORIES
TOUGHLIFT ACCESSORIES CONFIGURATION EXAMPLES
Tilting
Tilting Saddle
Saddle
Slip lock
Piston extension
Piston
Tilting
Saddle
Slip lock
extension
Load lock
extension
Tilting
Load Saddle
block set
Load lock
Piston
extension
Load
block set
Piston
Note: When using a combination of a load lock extension (LLE) with a slip
lock extension (SLE), the LLE must be inserted into the cylinder first and
then the SLE inserted into the LLE. The minimum Load Lock Extension must
be 11.8 inches in length to allow the Slip Lock Extension to fully engage.
The combination of the two extensions must not exceed the maximum
recommended extension height for the relevant Toughlift model.
The recommended maximum height for each Toughlift model can be

found on page 73 under the LLE and SLE tables. If you are in doubt about
the selection, combination and use of both extensions, please contact
your Hi-Force regional office.

HI-FORCE TORQUE TOOLS
The extensive range of Hi-Force torque tools, detailed

in this section of the catalog, includes manual, air
and hydraulically driven tools, available in a wide
variety of accurate and controlled, torque output
capacities. The range offers a choice of tool options,
suitable for use in almost every bolt torque tightening,
or loosening application, that are regularly required
in many industrial applications worldwide. From basic,
manually operated, calibrated, hand torque wrenches
through to the latest generation of high output
torque, hydraulic wrenches, Hi-Force torque tools
are recognised as a leading brand within the global
market for bolting tools. Detailed within this section
of the catalog are manual hand torque wrenches,
manual and pneumatic torque multipliers, square
and hexagon drive hydraulic torque wrenches and
all accessory items like extended hydraulic wrench
reaction arms, heavy duty torque sockets, hexagon
reducer bushes, back up wrenches, hydraulic torque
wrench powered pumps, hoses and hose reels, impact
wrenches and airline filter, regulator, lubricator unit.
iQ software is an innovative bolted joint integrity

software programme designed to assist engineers with
the provision of accurate bolt load calculations, based
on key input data, related to each specific bolted joint,
and is available for purchase through the provider
company Asset55 Limited. Hi-Force is able to support
our valued clients with bolt load calculations on an
hourly chargeable time basis.

TORQUE TOOLS
TWM RANGE 78
Manual torque wrenches - Click type
HTW RANGE 79
Manual torque wrenches - Break back type
TWG RANGE 80
Manual torque multipliers
TWP RANGE 81
Pistol grip pneumatic torque multipliers
TWS-N RANGE 82
Hydraulic torque wrenches - Square drive
IS RANGE 83
Imperial hexagon AF size heavy duty sockets
MS RANGE 84
Metric hexagon AF size heavy duty sockets
TWS-N ACCESSORIES 85
Hexagon drive adaptors and extended reaction arms, removable handle kits
TWH-N RANGE 86
Hydraulic torque wrenches - Low profile hexagon
TWH-NRH - IMPERIAL RANGE 87

Female hexagon ratchet heads for use with TWH-N torque wrenches
TWH-NRH - METRIC RANGE 88

Female hexagon ratchet heads for use with TWH-N torque wrenches
TWH-N ACCESSORIES 89
Square drive conversion kits and extended reaction arms, removable handle kits
IB RANGE 90
Imperial hexagon AF size reducer bushes
MB RANGE 91
Metric hexagon AF size reducer bushes
BW RANGE 92
Backup wrenches
HTWP RANGE 93
Torque wrench pumps - standard range
TPA RANGE 94
Air driven torque wrench pumps - premium range
TPE RANGE 95
Electric driven torque wrench pumps - premium range
TORQUE WRENCH PUMP ACCESSORIES 96

Torque pump hoses, hose reel and couplers
IW RANGE 97
Pneumatic impact wrenches
TORQUE TOOLS

TWM RANGE
TORQUE TOOLS
TWM | MANUAL TORQUE WRENCHES - CLICK TYPE
Choice of 7 models with torque range from 7 to

630 lbf.ft (10 to 850 Nm)
Dual scale torque reading adjustment
in lbf.ft & Nm
Repeatable accuracy of +/- 3% and supplied
with individual calibration certificate
` Reversible square drives sizes from ⅜” to ¾”

` Robust steel construction with corrosion resistant finish
` Heavy duty ratchet head with audible click when pre-set torque achieved
` Torque setting lock mechanism to prevent accidental change during use
Model Square Torque range Main scale Micro scale Overall Ratchet head Weight
number drive lbf.ft Nm grad (Nm) grad (Nm) length (in) dia (in) (lbs)
TWM50 3
⁄8 ” 7 - 37 10 - 50 2.5 0.25 13.16 1.38 1.1
TWM100 ½” 15 - 75 20 - 100 5 0.5 15.52 1.73 2.0
TWM200 ½” 30 - 150 40 - 200 1 1 19.11 1.73 2.4
TWM300 ½” 45 - 220 60 - 300 1 1 22.73 1.81 3.1
TWM400 ¾” 60 - 300 80 - 400 1 1 27.03 2.64 4.4
TWM550 ¾” 80 - 405 110 - 550 1 1 37.67 2.72 8.4
TWM850 ¾” 185 - 630 250 - 850 1 1 54.33 2.72 10.4

HTW RANGE TORQUE TOOLS
HTW | MANUAL TORQUE WRENCHES - BREAK BACK TYPE
Torque capacities from 220 to 1500 lbf.ft
Repeatable accuracy +/- 4%
Dual scale lbf.ft & Nm
` Choice of ¾” or 1” square drive sizes

` Robust steel construction with corrosion resistant finish
` Push-through square drive for bi-directional torque control
` Internal cam control ensures controlled ‘break’ once preset torque is achieved
` Large break angle prevents possibility of over torqueing
` Wrench automatically resets once hand pressure is released
` Marked with a unique serial number and supplied with calibration certificate
` Supplied in handy plastic storage case
Model Square Torque range Overall Ratchet head Weight

number drive lbf.ft Nm length (in) dia (in) (lbs)
HTW1000B ¾” 220 - 750 300 - 1000 58.12 2.76 16.1
HTW1500B ¾” 500 - 1000 700 - 1500 58.12 2.76 22.9
HTW1800B 1” 500 - 1000 700 - 1500 58.12 2.76 22.9
HTW2000B 1” 600 - 1500 900 - 2000 75.65 2.76 28.7

TWG RANGE
TORQUE TOOLS
TWG | MANUAL TORQUE MULTIPLIERS
Torque capacities up to 7330 lbf.ft
Lightweight aluminum housing
Supplied complete with reaction arm
` Choice of output square drives of ¾”, 1” and 1 ½”

` Suitable for use with Hi-Force TWM range of
hand torque wrenches listed on page 78
` Compact design for easy fitment
` Single stage planetary gear in models up to 2050 lbf.ft
A
` Overload safety mechanism on models
TWG40, TWG60, TWG100
` Multiplication ratios from 4:1 to 28.5:1
D
C
Model Torque capacity Gearbox Input Output Overload Rec. torque Weight Dimensions (in)
number lbf.ft Nm ratio square drive square drive Protection wrench (lbs) A B C D E
TWG13 950 1300 5:1 ½” ¾” No TWM300 2.9 5.24 3.15 4.89 3.78 3.86
TWG20 1500 2000 4:1 ¾” 1” No TWM550 4.0 5.16 3.47 7.49 5.91 3.15
TWG28 2050 2800 5.5:1 ¾” 1” No TWM550 5.3 5.75 4.18 8.71 6.26 3.27
TWG40 2930 4000 16:1 ½” 1” Yes TWM300 9.3 8.94 3.47 6.9 5.32 4.33
TWG60 4400 6000 18:1 ¾” 1 ½” Yes TWM400 14.6 10.09 4.02 9.46 7.49 5.71
TWG100 7330 10000 28.5:1 ¾” 1 ½” Yes TWM400 24.0 11.5 5.59 10.52 8.47 6.42

TWP RANGE
TORQUE TOOLS
TWP | PISTOL GRIP PNEUMATIC TORQUE MULTIPLIERS
Repeatable accuracy of +/- 5%
Lightweight and durable construction
` Air driven, single stage torque multipliers offering torque capacities from 150 to 4400 lbf.ft (200 to 6000 Nm)
` Ultra lightweight and durable construction with powerful performance for accurate tightening of bolted components
` Reversible, pistol grip design air motor allows for bi-directional torqueing
` Smooth, non-impacting design of planetary gears minimizes wear to components
` Gearbox manufactured from high grade steel and electrogalvanized for increased corrosion protection
` Slim line design of gearbox allows access in narrow spaces
` Sensitive trigger control allows for easy reaction arm positioning
` Average air consumption of 49.5 cubic feet per minute from a standard airline pressure of 116 psi (23 litres per second at 8 bar)
` Supplied with a FRL filter, regulator and lubricator unit including class 1.0 air
inlet pressure gauge and 10 feet long hose (see page 97)
ØB
C
D
Model Torque capacity * Square R.P.M. at max Weight Dimensions (in)

number lbf.ft Nm drive size pressure (lbs) A B C D E
TWP09S 150 - 670 200 - 900 ¾” 24 7.1 12.92 3.15 4.87 3.74 3.78
TWP15S 220 - 1110 300 - 1500 1” 12 10.4 13.51 3.47 6.8 5.24 4.33
TWP22S 370 - 1620 500 - 2200 1” 7 11.2 14.18 3.47 6.8 5.24 4.33
TWP32S 590 - 2360 800 - 3200 1” 4 12.8 15.09 3.47 6.8 5.24 4.33
TWP40S 620 - 3100 850 - 4200 1” 4 12.8 15.09 3.47 6.8 5.24 4.33
TWP60S 880 - 4400 1200 - 6000 1 ½” 4 17.0 15.76 4.02 9.69 7.64 5.83
*Minimum torque value at 22 psi, maximum torque value at 116 psi airline pressure. Weight is without reaction arm.

TWS-N RANGE
TORQUE TOOLS
TWS-N | HYDRAULIC TORQUE WRENCHES - SQUARE DRIVE
Torque accuracy of +/- 3%
` Compact, lightweight aluminum body construction

D
` Output torque capacities from 1254 to 26860 lbf.ft (1727 to 36992 Nm)
C
` Choice of square drive sizes from ¾” to 2 ½”
` Reversible square drive for tightening or loosening applications
` Multi-position reaction arm with safety lock feature
` Fitted with 360˚ uni-swivel quick release couplings for easy R
positioning of hydraulic hoses during operation
` High quality torque wrench sockets for use with TWS-N range
hydraulic wrenches are listed on pages 83 and 84
` Optional allen hex drives available from ½” to 2 ¼”
and 14 to 60 mm (see page 85) B
Model Torque capacity Square Weight including Dimensions (in)

number lbf.ft at 10000 psi Nm at 700 bar drive size reaction foot (lbs) A B C D E F R
TWS17N 1254 1727 ¾” 4.2 5.08 6.58 3.55 5.16 2.01 2.88 0.99
TWS45N 3289 4529 1” 10.6 6.58 8.59 4.77 6.7 2.68 3.86 1.34
TWS100N 7427 10064 1 ½” 19.8 8.79 11.54 6.42 8.31 3.62 5.32 1.81
TWS150N 10873 14974 1 ½” 33.1 9.73 12.73 7.56 9.3 3.94 5.56 2.13
TWS370N 26860 36992 2 ½” 71.6 12.96 17.02 9.46 11.35 5.4 8.04 2.6

IS RANGE
TORQUE TOOLS
IS | IMPERIAL HEXAGON AF SIZE HEAVY DUTY SOCKETS
Square drives from ¾” to 2 ½”
Across flat sizes up to 6 7⁄8”
Supplied complete with retaining ring and pin
` High quality, imperial size heavy duty impact sockets

` Suitable for use with Hi-Force TWS-N hydraulic A
torque wrenches and IW impact wrenches
` Long length, bi-hexagonal and special
D
sockets available on request
Model Square Nut AF Dimensions (in) Model Square Nut AF Dimensions (in)
number drive (inches) A B C D number drive (inches) A B C D
IS2-101 ¾” 1 ⁄16”
1
2.05 1.58 1.5 0.63 IS5-203 1 ½” 2 ⁄16”
3
3.55 3.39 3.39 1.42
IS2-104 ¾” 1 ¼” 2.05 1.73 1.73 0.79 IS5-206 1 ½” 2 3 ⁄8 ” 3.62 3.66 3.39 1.5
IS2-107 ¾” 1 7⁄16” 2.21 2.01 1.73 0.91 IS5-209 1 ½” 2 9⁄16” 3.74 3.82 3.39 1.58
IS2-110 ¾” 1 5 ⁄8 ” 2.44 2.29 1.73 1.06 IS5-212 1 ½” 2 ¾” 3.94 4.14 3.39 1.69
IS2-113 ¾” 1 ⁄16”
13
2.68 2.64 1.73 1.26 IS5-215 1 ½” 2 ⁄16”
15
4.06 4.33 3.39 1.77
IS2-200 ¾” 2” 2.84 2.8 2.13 1.38 IS5-302 1 ½” 3 1 ⁄8 ” 4.33 4.57 3.39 1.97
IS2-203 ¾” 2 3⁄16” 2.92 3.03 2.13 1.38 IS5-308 1 ½” 3 ½” 4.65 5.12 3.39 2.17
IS2-206 ¾” 2 ⁄8 ”
3
2.96 3.31 2.13 1.38 IS5-314 1 ½” 3 ⁄8 ”
7
4.93 5.52 3.74 2.29
IS9-101 1” 1 1⁄16” 2.29 1.73 2.01 0.67 IS5-404 1 ½” 4 ¼” 4.93 5.91 3.74 2.29
IS9-104 1” 1 ¼” 2.36 2.01 2.01 0.83 IS5-410 1 ½” 4 5 ⁄8 ” 5.32 6.5 3.74 2.56
IS9-107 1” 1 ⁄16”
7
2.44 2.21 2.05 1.02 IS5-500 1 ½” 5” 5.52 7.05 5 2.76
IS9-110 1” 1 5 ⁄8 ” 2.44 2.44 2.05 1.02 IS5-506 1 ½” 5 3 ⁄8 ” 5.91 7.68 5 2.96
IS9-113 1” 1 13⁄16” 2.52 2.68 2.29 1.06 IS6-302 2 ½” 3 1 ⁄8 ” 5.52 4.89 5 2.01
IS9-200 1” 2” 2.76 2.92 2.29 1.22 IS6-308 2 ½” 3 ½” 5.52 5.32 5 2.01
IS9-203 1” 2 3⁄16” 2.84 3.15 2.44 1.26 IS6-314 2 ½” 3 7 ⁄8 ” 5.91 5.79 5 2.25
IS9-206 1” 2 3 ⁄8 ” 3.07 3.43 2.44 1.38 IS6-404 2 ½” 4 ¼” 6.3 6.26 5 2.52
IS9-209 1” 2 ⁄16
9
3.15 3.66 2.44 1.42 IS6-410 2 ½” 4 ⁄8 ”
5
6.7 6.78 5 2.8
IS9-212 1” 2 ¾” 3.35 3.86 2.44 1.58 IS6-500 2 ½” 5” 6.9 7.29 5 2.96
IS9-215 1” 2 15⁄16” 3.74 4.1 3.39 1.89 IS6-506 2 ½” 5 3 ⁄8 ” 7.09 7.76 5 3.11
IS9-302 1” 3 1 ⁄8 ” 3.94 4.29 3.39 2.05 IS6-512 2 ½” 5 ¾” 7.29 8.27 5 3.27
IS9-308 1” 3 ½” 4.14 4.93 3.39 2.05 IS6-602 2 ½” 6 ⁄8 ”
1
7.49 8.79 5 3.59
IS9-314 1” 3 7 ⁄8 ” 4.14 5.36 3.74 2.05 IS6-608 2 ½” 6 ½” 7.68 9.26 5 3.74
IS5-113 1 ½” 1 13⁄16” 3.31 2.99 3.39 1.06 IS6-614 2 ½” 6 7 ⁄8 ” 7.88 9.77 5 4.14
IS5-200 1 ½” 2” 3.43 3.23 3.39 1.14

MS RANGE
TORQUE TOOLS
MS | METRIC HEXAGON AF SIZE HEAVY DUTY SOCKETS
Square drives from ¾” to 2 ½”
Across flat sizes up to 145 mm
Supplied complete with retaining ring and pin
` High quality, metric size heavy duty impact sockets

A
` Suitable for use with Hi-Force TWS-N hydraulic
torque wrenches and IW impact wrenches
` Long length, bi-hexagonal and special D
sockets available on request
Model Square Nut AF Dimensions (mm) Model Square Nut AF Dimensions (mm)
number drive (mm) A B C D number drive (in) A B C D
MS2-24 ¾” 24 50 39 44 16 MS5-36 1 ½” 36 78 64 86 23
MS2-27 ¾” 27 54 43 44 16 MS5-41 1 ½” 41 80 70 86 26
MS2-30 ¾” 30 54 47 44 23 MS5-46 1 ½” 46 84 76 86 27
MS2-32 ¾” 32 56 49 44 23 MS5-50 1 ½” 50 87 81 86 29
MS2-36 ¾” 36 56 54 44 23 MS5-55 1 ½” 55 90 86 86 36
MS2-41 ¾” 41 58 60 44 24 MS5-60 1 ½” 60 92 93 86 38
MS2-46 ¾” 46 63 67 44 30 MS5-65 1 ½” 65 95 97 86 40
MS2-50 ¾” 50 72 71 54 32 MS5-70 1 ½” 70 100 105 86 43
MS2-55 ¾” 55 74 78 54 35 MS5-75 1 ½” 75 103 110 86 45
MS2-60 ¾” 60 75 84 54 37 MS5-80 1 ½” 80 110 116 86 50
MS9-24 1” 24 58 42 54 17 MS5-85 1 ½” 85 118 125 86 55
MS9-27 1” 27 58 46 54 17 MS5-90 1 ½” 90 118 130 86 55
MS9-30 1” 30 60 50 54 21 MS5-95 1 ½” 95 118 137 95 55
MS9-32 1” 32 60 51 54 21 MS5-100 1 ½” 100 125 140 95 58
MS9-36 1” 36 65 56 54 30 MS5-105 1 ½” 105 125 150 95 58
MS9-41 1” 41 67 63 54 31 MS5-110 1 ½” 110 125 156 95 58
MS9-46 1” 46 74 69 54 36 MS5-115 1 ½” 115 135 160 95 65
MS9-50 1” 50 80 74 54 42 MS5-130 1 ½” 130 140 185 127 70
MS9-55 1” 55 84 80 54 44 MS6-80 2 ½” 80 140 124 127 51
MS9-60 1” 60 87 86 54 44 MS6-85 2 ½” 85 140 130 127 51
MS9-65 1” 65 90 92 54 46 MS6-90 2 ½” 90 145 136 127 54
MS9-70 1” 70 96 99 54 51 MS6-95 2 ½” 95 145 143 127 54
MS9-75 1” 75 98 106 86 45 MS6-100 2 ½” 100 150 149 127 57
MS9-80 1” 80 100 112 86 48 MS6-105 2 ½” 105 155 155 127 61
MS9-85 1” 85 105 118 86 52 MS6-110 2 ½” 110 160 161 127 64
MS9-90 1” 90 105 125 86 52 MS6-115 2 ½” 115 165 167 127 67
MS9-95 1” 95 115 131 86 52 MS6-130 2 ½” 130 175 188 127 75
MS9-100 1” 100 115 137 95 58 MS6-145 2 ½” 145 185 208 127 83

TWS-N ACCESSORIES
TORQUE TOOLS
TWS-N | ACCESSORIES
Imperial allen hex drives from ½" to 2 ¼" and

Metric allen hex drives from 14 to 60 mm
Extended reaction length arms with choice of
length
Handle kits for TWS-N to allow user to better
support the tools during operation
For tool Imperial allen hexagon drive adaptors Metric allen hexagon drive adaptors
model number Model number Hexagon size Maximum torque load (lbf.ft) Model number Hexagon size Maximum torque load (lbf.ft)
IH17N-008 ½” 347 MH17N-14 14 mm 546
IH17N-010 5
⁄8 ” 686 MH17N-17 17 mm 996
TWS17N IH17N-012 ¾” 1180 MH17N-19 19 mm 1189
IH17N-014 7
⁄8 ” 1254 MH17N-22 22 mm 1254
IH17N-100 1” 1254 MH17N-24 24 mm 1254
IH45N-010 5
⁄8 ” 686 MH45N-17 17 mm 811
IH45N-012 ¾” 1180 MH45N-19 19 mm 1180
IH45N-014 7
⁄8 ” 1881 MH45N-22 22 mm 1881
TWS45N
IH45N-100 1” 2803 MH45N-24 24 mm 2729
IH45N-102 1 1 ⁄8 ” 3319 MH45N-27 27 mm 2876
IH45N-104 1 ¼” 3319 MH45N-32 32 mm 3319
IH100N-014 7
⁄8 ” 1394 MH100N-22 22 mm 1829
IH100N-100 1” 2803 MH100N-24 24 mm 2729
IH100N-102 1 1 ⁄8 ” 4012 MH100N-27 27 mm 3429
TWS100N
IH100N-104 1 ¼” 5458 MH100N-30 30 mm 4705
IH100N-106 1 3 ⁄8 ” 7316 MH100N-32 32 mm 5623
IH100N-108 1 ½” 7375 MH100N-36 36 mm 7375
IH150N-104 1 ¼” 5458 MH150N-30 30 mm 5163
IH150N-106 1 3 ⁄8 ” 7301 MH150N-32 32 mm 5531
TWS150N IH150N-108 1 ½” 11063 MH150N-36 36 mm 8039
IH150N-110 1 5 ⁄8 ” 11063 MH150N-41 41 mm 11063
IH150N-112 1 ¾” 11063 MH150N-46 46 mm 11063
IH370N-108 1 ½” 9514 MH370N-36 36 mm 7375
IH370N-110 1 5 ⁄8 ” 12021 MH370N-41 41 mm 12021
IH370N-112 1 ¾” 15045 MH370N-46 46 mm 16594
TWS370N
IH370N-114 1 7⁄8” 18511 MH370N-50 50 mm 22568
IH370N-200 2” 22568 MH370N-55 55 mm 27288
IH370N-204 2 ¼” 27288 MH370N-60 60 mm 27288
Note: Check the maximum permissible torque load of hexagon drive adaptor before use.
EXTENDED REACTION ARMS For tool Length A Diameter B

Model number
model number inch mm inch mm
ERA17-21 21" 533 1 ¾" 44.5
A B TWS17N ERA17-24 24" 610 1 ¾" 44.5
ERA17-36 36" 914 1 ¾" 44.5
ERA45-21 21" 533 2 ½" 63.5
TWS45N ERA45-24 24" 610 2 ½" 63.5
ERA45-36 36" 914 2 ½" 63.5
ERA100-21 21" 533 3 ½" 88.9
TWS100N ERA100-24 24" 610 3 ½" 88.9
ERA100-36 36" 914 3 ½" 88.9
ERA150-21 21" 533 3 ½" 88.9
TWS150N ERA150-24 24" 610 3 ½" 88.9
ERA150-36 36" 914 3 ½" 88.9
ERA370-21 21" 533 4 ¾" 120.6
TWS370N ERA370-24 24" 610 4 ¾" 120.6
ERA370-36 36" 914 4 ¾" 120.6
REMOVABLE HANDLE KITS
For tool model number Model number

TWS45N TSH45
TWS100N TSH100
TWS150N TSH150
TWS370N TSH370
Note: Standard circlip pliers are required to fit the handle kits.

TWH-N RANGE
TORQUE TOOLS
TWH-N | HYDRAULIC TORQUE WRENCHES - LOW PROFILE HEXAGON
Torque accuracy of +/- 3%
` Lightweight, high grade aluminum body (excluding TWH430N)

` Output torque capacities from 1906 to 34985 lbf.ft (2625 to 48181 Nm)
` Low profile design for direct in-line reaction
` Narrow cassette head design makes it ideal for limited access applications
` Ratchet head can be easily changed by simply withdrawing/inserting a single pin
` Imperial ratchet heads available with across flat (AF sizes) sizes from 1 1⁄16” to 6 7⁄8” (page 87)
` Metric ratchet heads available with across flat (AF sizes) sizes from 24 to 175 mm (page 88)
` Fitted with 360˚ uni-swivel with quick release couplings for easy positioning of hydraulic hoses
TWH27N, TWH54N, TWH120N, TWH210N

(aluminum body) All models TWH430N (steel body)
A
A
Note: Drawing shows drive cylinder, including
ratchet head as detailed on pages 87 and 88.
Drive cylinder and ratchet head are separate

items and must be ordered separately.
B B
C C
R
R
F D
G F
E G
Torque capacity Hexagon AF Size

Model Weight Dimensions (in)
Nm at lbf.ft at Metric Imperial
number (lbs) A B C D E F G R(min) R(max)
10000 psi 10000 psi min max min max
2625 1906 24 46 1 1⁄16” 1 13⁄16” 3.1 7.6 4.93 3.82 1.26 2.01 2.13 4.29 0.37 0.48
TWH27N
3068 2228 50 60 2” 2 3 ⁄8 ” 3.1 7.6 5.36 4.26 1.26 2.01 2.13 4.29 0.4 0.41
5372 3901 36 65 1 ⁄16”

7
2 ⁄16”
9
5.1 9.85 6.23 4.93 1.62 2.52 2.88 5.4 0.42 0.54
TWH54N
6037 4384 70 80 2 ¾” 3 1 ⁄8 ” 5.1 9.85 6.66 5.36 1.62 2.52 2.88 5.4 0.46 0.58
11737 8522 50 80 2 3⁄16” 3 1 ⁄8 ” 8.4 12.21 7.45 6.19 2.05 3.07 3.62 6.78 0.58 0.6
TWH120N
14349 10419 85 100 3 ½” 3 ⁄8 ”
7
8.4 12.21 8.43 7.17 2.05 3.07 3.62 6.78 0.63 0.74
21216 15405 70 100 2 ¾” 3 7 ⁄8 ” 14.1 14.89 8.79 7.53 2.52 3.82 4.49 8.39 0.71 0.73
TWH210N
23124 16791 105 115 4 ¼” 4 ⁄8 ”
5
14.1 14.89 9.3 8.04 2.52 3.82 4.49 8.39 0.72 0.82
43792 31798 80 115 3 1 ⁄8 ” 4 5 ⁄8 ” 35.5 15.96 11.47 9.53 3.27 3.66 5.75 10.52 1.01 1.23
TWH430N
48181 34985 130 175 5” 6 7 ⁄8 ” 35.5 16.75 12.06 10.24 3.27 3.66 5.75 10.52 0.98 1.08
Note: Above selection table is for drive unit only. Ratchet head(s) to be ordered separately see pages 87 and 88.
Weight as stated is drive cylinder only, exact radius size (R) varies according to ratchet AF size selected.

TWH-NRH - IMPERIAL RANGE
TORQUE TOOLS
TWH-NRH | IMPERIAL HEXAGON AF SIZE RATCHET HEADS
Choice of standard imperial sizes
Easily fitted to TWH-N drive units
High grade steel construction
` Imperial hexagon ratchet heads suitable for

across flat (AF sizes) from 1 1⁄16” to 6 7⁄8”
` Easily fitted to TWH-N drive units by simply
withdrawing/inserting a single pin
` Low profile design and minimum nose radius
allows for fitment in confined spaces
` Imperial hexagon reducer bushes and square drive
conversion kits also available (see pages 90 and 91)
` Special design ratchet heads made to order R
IMPERIAL RATCHET HEAD SELECTION TABLE
For TWH27N For TWH54N For TWH120N For TWH210N For TWH430N
Bolt Nut
Model R Wt Model R Wt Model R Wt Model R Wt Model R Wt
size AF size
number in lbs number in lbs number in lbs number in lbs number in lbs
5
⁄8” 1 1⁄16” TWH27NRH1.1/16 0.41 3.3
¾” 1 ¼” TWH27NRH1.1/4 0.38 3.5

7
⁄8” 1 ⁄16”
7
TWH27NRH1.7/16 0.39 3.5 TWH54NRH1.7/16 0.53 6.4
1” 1 5⁄8” TWH27NRH1.5/8 0.39 3.5 TWH54NRH1.5/8 0.43 6.2
1 ⁄8” 1 ⁄16” TWH27NRH1.13/16 0.41 3.7 TWH54NRH1.13/16 0.42 6.4

1 13
1 ¼” 2” TWH27NRH2 0.41 3.7 TWH54NRH2 0.46 6.6
1 3⁄8” 2 3⁄16” TWH27NRH2.3/16 0.41 4.0 TWH54NRH2.3/16 0.46 6.8 TWH120NRH2.3/16 0.58 13.4
1 ½” 2 ⁄8”
3
TWH27NRH2.3/8 0.41 4.0 TWH54NRH2.3/8 0.46 7.1 TWH120NRH2.3/8 0.58 14.1
1 5⁄8” 2 9⁄16” TWH54NRH2.9/16 0.46 7.3 TWH120NRH2.9/16 0.58 14.1
1 ¾” 2 ¾” TWH54NRH2.3/4 0.46 7.5 TWH120NRH2.3/4 0.59 14.3 TWH210NRH2.3/4 0.72 26.7
1 ⁄8” 2 ⁄16”
7 15
2” 3 1⁄8” TWH54NRH3.1/8 0.48 7.7 TWH120NRH3.1/8 0.59 14.3 TWH210NRH3.1/8 0.73 27.1 TWH430NRH3.1/8 1.02 51.1
2 ¼” 3 ½” TWH120NRH3.1/2 0.67 17.4 TWH210NRH3.1/2 0.76 27.3 TWH430NRH3.1/2 1.06 52.7
2 ½” 3 ⁄8”
7
2 ¾” 4 ¼” TWH210NRH4.1/4 0.77 29.3 TWH430NRH4.1/4 1.06 57.5
3” 4 5⁄8” TWH210NRH4.5/8 0.76 30.4 TWH430NRH4.5/8 1.02 58.0
3 ¼” 5” TWH430NRH5 1.08 61.5
3 ½” 5 3⁄8” TWH430NRH5.3/8 1.02 62.4
3 ¾” 5 ¾” TWH430NRH5.3/4 0.98 64.6
4” 6 ⁄8”
1
TWH430NRH6.1/8 0.99 66.4
4 ¼” 6 ½” TWH430NRH6.1/2 0.99 68.3
4 ½” 6 7⁄8” TWH430NRH6. 7/8 1.08 70.1

TWH-NRH - METRIC RANGE
TORQUE TOOLS
TWH-NRH | METRIC HEXAGON AF SIZE RATCHET HEADS
Choice of standard metric sizes
Easily fitted to TWH-N drive units
High grade steel construction
` Metric hexagon ratchet heads suitable for

across flat (AF sizes) from 24 to 175 mm
` Easily fitted to TWH-N drive units by simply
withdrawing/inserting a single pin
` Low profile design and minimum nose radius
allows for fitment in confined spaces
` Imperial hexagon reducer bushes and square drive
conversion kits also available (see pages 90 and 91)
` Special design ratchet heads made to order R
METRIC RATCHET HEAD SELECTION TABLE
Nut For TWH27N For TWH54N For TWH120N For TWH210N For TWH430N
Bolt
AF Model R Wt Model R Wt Model R Wt Model R Wt Model R Wt
size
size number mm lbs number mm lbs number mm lbs number mm lbs number mm lbs
16 24 TWH27NRH-24 12.1 3.3
18 27 TWH27NRH-27 10.4 3.3
20 30 TWH27NRH-30 10.7 3.5
22 32 TWH27NRH-32 9.5 3.5
24 36 TWH27NRH-36 10.1 3.5 TWH54NRH-36 13.8 6.4
- 38 TWH54NRH-38 12.6 6.2
27 41 TWH27NRH-41 10.1 3.5 TWH54NRH-41 10.9 6.2
30 46 TWH27NRH-46 10.5 3.7 TWH54NRH-46 10.7 6.4
33 50 TWH27NRH-50 10.4 3.7 TWH54NRH-50 12.1 6.6 TWH120NRH-50 15.2 12.8
36 55 TWH27NRH-55 10.1 4.0 TWH54NRH-55 12.1 6.8 TWH120NRH-55 15 13.4
39 60 TWH27NRH-60 10.5 4.0 TWH54NRH-60 12 7.1 TWH120NRH-60 15 14.1
42 65 TWH54NRH-65 11.7 7.3 TWH120NRH-65 14.9 14.1
52 80 TWH54NRH-80 11.7 7.7 TWH120NRH-80 14.7 14.3 TWH210NRH-80 18.1 27.1 TWH430NRH-80 25.6 51.1
56 85 TWH120NRH-85 16.4 17.2 TWH210NRH-85 18.2 27.3 TWH430NRH-85 29 52.9
72 105 TWH210NRH-105 18.4 28.4 TWH430NRH-105 28.6 58.4
76 110 TWH210NRH-110 18.3 29.3 TWH430NRH-110 25.7 57.8
80 115 TWH210NRH-115 20.7 30.4 TWH430NRH-115 27.3 58.2
90 130 TWH430NRH-130 25.6 60.2
- 135 TWH430NRH-135 26.6 62.4
100 145 TWH430NRH-145 25.4 64.8
110 155 TWH430NRH-155 25 66.4
115 165 TWH430NRH-165 25 68.3
- 175 TWH430NRH-175 27.3 70.1

TWH-N ACCESSORIES TORQUE TOOLS
TWH-N | ACCESSORIES
Choice of 1", 1 ½" or 2 ½" square drive sizes
Extended reaction length arms with choice of

length
Handle kits for TWH-N to allow user to better
support the tools during operation
SQUARE DRIVE CONVERSION KITS
Model Square Hexagon Maximum Maximum Suitable for

Weight (lbs)
number drive AF size torque (lbf.ft) torque (Nm) drive cylinder ratchet head
SDC27-I 1” 1 13⁄16” 2263 3068 TWH27N TWH27NRH1.13/16 2.4

SDC27-M 1” 46 mm 2263 3068 TWH27N TWH27NRH-46 2.4
SDC54-I 1 ½” 2 9⁄ 16” 4453 6037 TWH54N TWH54NRH2.9/16 6.6
SDC54-M 1 ½” 65 mm 4453 6037 TWH54N TWH54NRH-65 6.6
SDC120-I 1 ½” 3 1 ⁄8 ” 10583 14349 TWH120N TWH120NRH3.1/8 9.7
SDC210-I 2 ½” 3 7 ⁄8 ” 17055 23124 TWH210N TWH210NRH3.7/8 20.1
Note: When ordering SDC conversion kits, check to ensure that you already have the required size of ratchet head.
EXTENDED REACTION ARMS
B
A
TWH-N fitted with extended reaction arm

number Length (A) Length (B) Height (C) Width (D)
ERA27-20 19.66 20.69 1.77 1.97

ERA54-20 20.21 21.08 2.17 2.56
ERA120-21 20.76 21.67 2.96 3.35
ERA210-21 21.47 23.17 3.74 3.74
ERA430-22 22.26 24.74 4.73 4.73
REMOVABLE HANDLE KITS
For tool model number Model number Hex key to fit handle kit
TWH54N TSH54 4 mm
TWH120N TSH120 5 mm
TWH210N TSH210 6 mm
TWH430N TSH430 8 mm

IB RANGE TORQUE TOOLS
IB | IMPERIAL HEXAGON AF SIZE REDUCER BUSHES
` Economical solution of reducing female hexagon

AF size of TWH-NRH imperial ratchet head
` Select the outside AF size (i.e. ratchet head AF size) and
required inside AF size to determine the IB model number
` Note that wall thickness ‘W’ dimension of
reducer bush must be added to the minimum
radius dimension of the ratchet head
For TWH27NRH For TWH54NRH For TWH120NRH For TWH210NRH For TWH430NRH
Outside Inside
Model W Model W Model W Model W Model W
AF size AF size
number in number in number in number in number in
1 ¼” 1 1⁄ 16” IB27-104-101 0.09
1 7⁄ 16” 1 1⁄ 16” IB27-107-101 0.19
1 7⁄ 16” 1 ¼” IB27-107-104 0.09
1 5⁄ 8” 1 ¼” IB27-110-104 0.19 IB54-110-104 0.19
1 5⁄ 8” 1 7⁄ 16” IB27-110-107 0.09 IB54-110-107 0.09
1 13
⁄ 16” 1 7⁄ 16” IB27-113-107 0.19 IB54-113-107 0.19
1 13
⁄ 16” 1 5⁄ 8” IB27-113-110 0.09 IB54-113-110 0.09
2” 1 5⁄ 8” IB27-200-110 0.19 IB54-200-110 0.19
2” 1 13
⁄ 16” IB27-200-113 0.09 IB54-200-113 0.09
2 3⁄ 16” 1 5⁄ 8” IB27-203-110 0.28 IB54-203-110 0.28
2 3⁄ 16” 1 13
⁄ 16” IB27-203-113 0.19 IB54-203-113 0.19
2 3⁄ 16” 2” IB27-203-200 0.09 IB54-203-200 0.09
2 3⁄ 8” 1 13
⁄ 16” IB27-206-113 0.28 IB54-206-113 0.28
2 3⁄ 8” 2” IB27-206-200 0.19 IB54-206-200 0.19
2 3⁄ 8” 2 3⁄ 16” IB27-206-203 0.09 IB54-206-203 0.09 IB120-206-203 0.09
2 9⁄ 16” 2” IB54-209-200 0.28 not available -
2 9⁄ 16” 2 3⁄ 16” IB54-209-203 0.19 IB120-209-203 0.19
2 9⁄ 16” 2 3⁄ 8” IB54-209-206 0.09 IB120-209-206 0.09
2 ¾” 2 3⁄ 16” IB54-212-203 0.28 IB120-212-203 0.28
2 ¾” 2 3⁄ 8” IB54-212-206 0.19 IB120-212-206 0.19
2 ¾” 2 9⁄ 16” IB54-212-209 0.09 IB120-212-209 0.09
2 15
⁄ 16” 2 3⁄ 8” IB54-215-206 0.28 IB120-215-206 0.28
2 15
⁄ 16” 2 9⁄ 16” IB54-215-209 0.19 IB120-215-209 0.19
2 15
⁄ 16 2 ¾” IB54-215-212 0.09 IB120-215-212 0.09 IB210-215-212 0.09
3 1⁄ 8” 2 9⁄ 16” IB54-302-209 0.28 IB120-302-209 0.28 not available -
3 1⁄ 8” 2 ¾” IB54-302-212 0.19 IB120-302-212 0.19 IB210-302-212 0.19
3 1⁄ 8” 2 15
⁄ 16” IB54-302-215 0.09 IB120-302-215 0.09 IB210-302-215 0.09
3 ½” 2 15
⁄ 16” IB120-308-215 0.28 IB210-308-215 0.28
3 ½” 3 1⁄ 8” IB120-308-302 0.19 IB210-308-302 0.19 IB430-308-302 0.19
3 7⁄ 8” 3 1⁄ 8” IB120-314-302 0.37 IB210-314-302 0.37 IB430-314-302 0.37
3 7⁄ 8” 3 ½” IB120-314-308 0.19 IB210-314-308 0.19 IB430-314-308 0.19
4 ¼” 3 ½” IB210-404-308 0.37 IB430-404-308 0.37
4 ¼” 3 7⁄ 8” IB210-404-314 0.19 IB430-404-314 0.19
4 5⁄ 8” 3 7⁄ 8” IB210-410-314 0.37 IB430-410-314 0.37
4 ⁄ 8”
5
4 ¼” IB210-410-404 0.19 IB430-410-404 0.19
5” 4 ¼” IB430-500-404 0.37
5” 4 5⁄ 8” IB430-500-410 0.19
5 3⁄ 8” 4 5⁄ 8” IB430-506-410 0.37
5 3⁄ 8” 5” IB430-506-500 0.19
5 ¾” 5” IB430-512-500 0.37
5 ¾” 5 3⁄ 8” IB430-512-506 0.19
6 1⁄ 8” 5 3⁄ 8” IB430-602-506 0.37
6 1⁄ 8” 5 ¾” IB430-602-512 0.19
6 ½” 5 ¾” IB430-608-512 0.37
6 ½” 6 1⁄ 8” IB430-608-602 0.19
6 7⁄ 8” 6 1⁄ 8” IB430-614-602 0.37
6 7⁄ 8” 6 ½” IB430-614-608 0.19

MB RANGE TORQUE TOOLS
MB | METRIC HEXAGON AF SIZE REDUCER BUSHES
` Economical solution of reducing female hexagon

AF size of TWH-NRH metric ratchet head
` Select the outside AF size (i.e. ratchet head AF size) and
required inside AF size to determine the MB model number
` Note that wall thickness ‘W’ dimension of
reducer bush must be added to the minimum
radius dimension of the ratchet head
For TWH27NRH For TWH54NRH For TWH120NRH For TWH210NRH For TWH430NRH
Outside Inside
Model W Model W Model W Model W Model W
AF size AF size mm mm mm mm mm
number number number number number
30 24 MB27-30-24 3
32 24 MB27-32-24 3
32 27 MB27-32-27 3
36 30 MB27-36-30 3 MB54-36-30 3
41 36 MB27-41-36 2.5 MB54-41-36 2.5
46 36 MB27-46-36 5 MB54-46-36 5
46 41 MB27-46-41 2.5 MB54-46-41 2.5
50 41 MB27-50-41 4.5 MB54-50-41 4.5
50 46 MB27-50-46 2 MB54-50-46 2
55 41 MB27-55-41 7 MB54-55-41 7
55 46 MB27-55-46 4.5 MB54-55-46 4.5
55 50 MB27-55-50 2.5 MB54-55-50 2.5 MB120-55-50 2.5
60 46 MB27-60-46 7 MB54-60-46 7 not available -
60 50 MB27-60-50 5 MB54-60-50 5 MB120-60-50 5
60 55 MB27-60-55 2.5 MB54-60-55 2.5 MB120-60-55 2.5
65 50 MB54-65-50 7.5 MB120-65-50 7.5
65 55 MB54-65-55 5 MB120-65-55 5
65 60 MB54-65-60 2.5 MB120-65-60 2.5
70 55 MB54-70-55 7.5 MB120-70-55 7.5
70 60 MB54-70-60 5 MB120-70-60 5
70 65 MB54-70-65 2.5 MB120-70-65 2.5
75 60 MB54-75-60 7.5 MB120-75-60 7.5
75 65 MB54-75-65 5 MB120-75-65 5
75 70 MB54-75-70 2.5 MB120-75-70 2.5 MB210-75-70 2.5
80 65 MB54-80-65 7.5 MB120-80-65 7.5 not available -
80 70 MB54-80-70 5 MB120-80-70 5 MB210-80-70 5
80 75 MB54-80-75 2.5 MB120-80-75 2.5 MB210-80-75 2.5
85 70 MB120-85-70 7.5 MB210-85-70 7.5
85 75 MB120-85-75 5 MB210-85-75 5
85 80 MB120-85-80 2.5 MB210-85-80 2.5 MB430-85-80 2.5
90 75 MB120-90-75 7.5 MB210-90-75 7.5 not available -
90 80 MB120-90-80 5 MB210-90-80 5 MB430-90-80 5
90 85 MB120-90-85 2.5 MB210-90-85 2.5 MB430-90-85 2.5
95 80 MB120-95-80 7.5 MB210-95-80 7.5 MB430-95-80 7.5
95 85 MB120-95-85 5 MB210-95-85 5 MB430-95-85 5
95 90 MB120-95-90 2.5 MB210-95-90 2.5 MB430-95-90 2.5
100 85 MB120-100-85 7.5 MB210-100-85 7.5 MB430-100-85 7.5
100 90 MB120-100-90 5 MB210-100-90 5 MB430-100-90 5
100 95 MB120-100-95 2.5 MB210-100-95 2.5 MB430-100-95 2.5
105 90 MB210-105-90 7.5 MB430-105-90 7.5
105 95 MB210-105-95 5 MB430-105-95 5
105 100 MB210-105-100 2.5 MB430-105-100 2.5
110 95 MB210-110-95 7.5 MB430-110-95 7.5
110 100 MB210-110-100 5 MB430-110-100 5
110 105 MB210-110-105 2.5 MB430-110-105 2.5
115 100 MB210-115-100 7.5 MB430-115-100 7.5
115 105 MB210-115-105 5 MB430-115-105 5
115 110 MB210-115-110 2.5 MB430-115-110 2.5
130 105 MB430-130-105 12.5
130 110 MB430-130-110 10
130 115 MB430-130-115 7.5
145 110 MB430-145-110 17.5
145 115 MB430-145-115 15
145 130 MB430-145-130 7.5

BW RANGE TORQUE TOOLS
BW | BACKUP WRENCHES
Suitable for use with TWS-N & TWH-N Wrenches
Interchangeable hexagon links
Positive release mechanism
C B
F
` Prevents back nut rotation during
torque tightening applications
` Heavy duty industrial construction with ergonomic
G
grip for safe and easy operation
` ‘T-Bar’ design adjustable reaction point prevents E D
lock up once tightening is completed
` Standard imperial and metric female hexagon links available A
IMPERIAL
COMPLETE SET: HOLDER AND IMPERIAL HEXAGON LINKS:
Hexagon Dimensions (in)
BWH incl. Model number Description
Model AF size A B C D E F G
Description set of links:
number Holder
From To
BWH Backup wrench holder -
Hexagon links
Holder complete BWI-107 Hexagon link 1 7⁄ 16” 2.54 15.37 1.42 1.77 8.33 1.97 5.79
BWI-SET with imperial link set 1 7⁄16” 3 7 ⁄8 ”
BWI-110 Hexagon link 1 5⁄ 8” 2.9 15.37 1.42 1.77 8.69 1.97 5.79
(12 pcs)
BWI-113 Hexagon link 1 13⁄ 16” 3.09 15.37 1.42 1.77 8.88 1.97 5.79
BWI-200 Hexagon link 2” 3.35 15.37 1.42 1.77 9.14 1.97 5.79
BWI-203 Hexagon link 2 3⁄ 16” 3.45 15.37 1.42 1.77 9.24 1.97 5.79
BWI-206 Hexagon link 2 3⁄ 8” 3.66 15.37 1.42 1.77 9.46 1.97 5.79
BWI-209 Hexagon link 2 9⁄ 16” 3.84 15.37 1.42 1.77 9.63 1.97 5.79
BWI-212 Hexagon link 2 ¾” 4.12 15.37 1.42 1.77 9.91 1.97 5.79
BWI-215 Hexagon link 2 15⁄ 16” 4.45 15.37 1.42 1.77 10.24 1.97 5.79
BWI-302 Hexagon link 3 1⁄ 8” 4.71 15.37 1.42 1.77 10.5 1.97 5.79
BWI-308 Hexagon link 3 ½” 5.22 15.37 1.42 1.77 11.01 1.97 5.79
BWI-314 Hexagon link 3 7⁄ 8” 5.81 15.37 1.42 1.77 11.6 1.97 5.79
METRIC
COMPLETE SET: HOLDER AND METRIC HEXAGON LINKS:
Hexagon Dimensions (mm)
BWH incl. Model number Description
Model AF size A B C D E F G
Description set of links:
number Holder
From To
BWH Backup wrench holder -
Hexagon links
Holder complete BWM-36 Hexagon link 36 mm 2.54 15.37 1.42 1.77 8.33 1.97 5.79
BWM-SET with metric link set 36 mm 100 mm
BWM-41 Hexagon link 41 mm 2.9 15.37 1.42 1.77 8.69 1.97 5.79
(14 pcs)

HTWP RANGE TORQUE TOOLS
HTWP | TORQUE WRENCH PUMPS - STANDARD LINE
Two stage operation
Air or electric driven options
` Compatible for use with TWS-N and TWH-N series hydraulic torque wrenches
` Two stage operation with low pressure flow rate of up to 372.24 inch3 per minute
` 110, 120, 220 or 230 volt single phase electric motor with auto retract function
` Integral oil cooling system in air driven models
` Dual scale (psi/bar) glycerin filled pressure gauge
` Easily adjustable torque setting pressure relief valve
` Reservoir oil sight level gauge fitted on all models
` Air pressure gauge and filter, regulator and lubricator unit fitted on air driven models
` Oil reservoir capacity 1.32 gallons
` Remote hand pendant controller with 10 feet control line cable for easy operation
` Factory fitted roll bar protection frame included
B A
Model Power Motor rating Displacement (in3/min) Changeover Weight Dimensions (in)
number supply (hp) low pressure high pressure pressure (psi) (lbs) A B C
HTWP2140P 100 psi 2.01 372.24 31.12 870 61.7 18.44 8.08 17.53
HTWP2141AR 110 volt 1.01 237.99 21.97 870 75.0 19.15 9.65 19.62
HTWP2141ARH 120 volt 1.01 237.99 21.97 870 75.0 19.15 9.65 19.62
HTWP2142AR 230 volt 1.01 237.99 21.97 870 75.0 19.15 9.65 19.62
HTWP2142ARH 220 volt 1.01 237.99 21.97 870 75.0 19.15 9.65 19.62
Note: Pumps with suffix ‘H’ in the model number are supplied with 60 Hz electric motor.

TPA RANGE
TORQUE TOOLS
TPA | AIR DRIVEN TORQUE WRENCH PUMPS - PREMIUM LINE
High flow 3-stage pump unit
Compact and lightweight
` Low noise operation (<90 db)

` Supplied fitted with one set of quick connect couplers A
B
` Exhaust air radiator cooling system fitted as standard
` Adjustable torque setting pressure relief valve with locking nut
` Analog or digital gauge options
` Remote hand pendant controller with 16.5
feet cable for easy operation
` Multi-outlet 4-way split block for simultaneous
operation of up to 4 torque wrenches C
` Factory fitted roll bar protection and carrying frame
Flow rate (gallons/min) Oil Max. oil Weight Dimensions (in)

Model Power Pressure Gauge
1st stage 2nd stage 3rd stage capacity temp incl. A B C
number supply gauge reading
(0-943 psi) (943-4713 psi) (4713-10000 psi) (gallons) (˚C) oil (lbs)
TPA07A 1000 psi air analog psi/bar 427.17 97.64 48.82 1.85 80° 66.1 18.68 11.27 19.74
TPA07D 1000 psi air digital psi/bar/Nm/lbf.ft 427.17 97.64 48.82 1.85 80° 66.1 18.68 11.27 19.74
Optional coupler sets for simultaneous operation of multiple torque wrenches (one set supplied fitted as standard)
TP-CS1 Single set of male/female flat face couplers, for simultaneous operation of two hydraulic wrenches
TP-CS2 Double set of male/female flat face couplers, for simultaneous operation of three hydraulic wrenches
TP-CS3 Triple set of male/female flat face couplers, for simultaneous operation of four hydraulic wrenches

TPE RANGE
TORQUE TOOLS
TPE | ELECTRIC DRIVEN TORQUE WRENCH PUMPS - PREMIUM LINE
High flow 3-stage pump unit
` Low noise operation (<88 db)

` Supplied fitted with one set of quick connect couplers
` Automatically activated oil cooling heat
exchanger fitted as standard
` Adjustable torque setting pressure relief valve with locking nut C
` Analog or digital gauge options
` Remote hand pendant controller with 16.5
feet cable for easy operation
` Choice of manual operation with auto
retract or fully automatic operation
` Multi-outlet 4-way split block for simultaneous
operation of up to 4 torque wrenches
` Factory fitted roll bar protection and carrying frame
A B
Flow rate (gallons/min) Dimensions (in)

Oil Max. oil Weight
Model Power Pressure Gauge
1 stage
st
2nd stage 3rd stage capacity temp incl. A B C
number supply gauge reading
(0-943 psi) (943-4713 psi) (4713-10000 psi) (gallons) (˚C) oil (lbs)
TPE15A 110V-1Ph-50 Hz analog psi/bar 6.5 1.5 0.75 1.85 80° 86 17.97 11.27 18.75
TPE15D 110V-1Ph-50 Hz digital psi/bar/Nm/lbf.ft 6.5 1.5 0.75 1.85 80° 86 17.97 11.27 18.75
Optional coupler sets for simultaneous operation of multiple torque wrenches (one set supplied fitted as standard)
TP-CS1 Single set of male/female flat face couplers, for simultaneous operation of two hydraulic wrenches
TP-CS2 Double set of male/female flat face couplers, for simultaneous operation of three hydraulic wrenches
TP-CS3 Triple set of male/female flat face couplers, for simultaneous operation of four hydraulic wrenches

TORQUE WRENCH PUMP ACCESSORIES TORQUE TOOLS
TORQUE WRENCH PUMP ACCESSORIES
Hose lengths up to 330 feet
Supplied with quick connect couplings
TORQUE WRENCH HOSES AND COUPLERS
` High quality hydraulic torque wrench bonded twin hose sets

` Maximum working pressure of 10000 psi with 4:1 safety factor
` Ergonomically designed protective, strain reliever hand grips on both ends
Model number Description Weight (lbs)
HTWH4 Bonded twin hoses with quick connect couplers, length 13 ft 7.7
HTWH5 Bonded twin hoses with quick connect couplers, length 16.5 ft 8.4
HTWH6 Bonded twin hoses with quick connect couplers, length 19.5 ft 10.1
CF4F Female half coupler, ¼” NPT Female 0.7
CM4F Male half coupler, ¼” NPT Female 0.7
HTWR1 TORQUE WRENCH HOSE REEL

` Accommodates twin line hoses
up to 330 feet long 29.94"
` Supplied with twin 1.5 feet long lead hose
for easy connection to main line hoses
` Disc brake allows for hose release speed control
` Fixing holes at the base of frame
` Weight 84 lbs
30.38"
16.19"
35.4" 24.03"
Note: We recommend the use of HTWR1 hose reel with hose lengths of 164 ft or more

IW RANGE
TORQUE TOOLS
IW | PNEUMATIC IMPACT WRENCHES
Industrial heavy duty design
Square drive sizes from ½” to 1 ½”
Operates from standard 90 psi air pressure
IW13P C B
IW19P
A
` Industrial impact wrenches offering torque
capacities from 65 to 2370 lbf.ft
` Available with pistol grip or back handle grip
` Quiet operation and minimal vibration
for reduced operator fatigue
Note: Model IW13P does not have a side handle fitted
` Compact design with excellent power to weight ratio
` Incorporates four position power output device C B
` High quality torque wrench sockets for use with
IW25B
IW range are listed on pages 83 and 84 IW38B
` Filter, regulator & lubricator unit is recommended
for use with IW impact wrenches
Square Bolt Free Air

Model Maximum torque Recommended torque Weight Dimensions (in)
drive capacity speed consumption
number (lbs)
size inch mm R.P.M. I.P.M lbf.ft Nm lbf.ft Nm cfm m3/min A B C
Pistol grip versions
IW13P ½” 5
⁄8 ” 16 6300 1200 300 450 65-260 90-350 12.5 0.35 6.2 7.8 8.75 3.07
IW19P ¾” 7
⁄8 ” 22 3800 1100 640 870 185-590 250-800 21.4 0.6 13.7 9.93 9.65 8.67
Back handle grip versions
IW25B 1” 1 ¾” 45 3700 700 1980 2700 740-1772 1000-2450 26.7 0.75 23.6 14.11 7.64 8.31
IW38B 1 ½” 2” 50 3000 600 2600 3500 740-2370 1000-3200 29.2 0.82 35.3 16.11 7.45 8.94
Note: Performance figures are at 90 psi (0.62 MPa (PE)) air pressure
FILTER REGULATOR LUBRICATOR (FRL) UNIT

` Allows for easy adjustment of air pressure to suit tool requirements
` Prevents entry of contaminants and water into the air supply
` Lubricates air motor to ensure smooth operation
` Supplied with dual scale air inlet pressure gauge and
10 feet air hose with swivel end fittings
Model Air inlet Air outlet Weight Dimensions (in)

number connection connection (lbs) Length Width Height
FRL11 ½” NPT ½” NPT 6.6 7.88 7.88 12.21

HI-FORCE HYDRAULIC
STUD BOLT TENSIONERS
Hydraulic stud bolt tensioners are generally accepted

as the preferred and most efficient method of
accurately tightening bolts, to a predetermined and
known bolt load, to ensure an even clamping force on
all stud bolts within the joint. This is particularly critical for
bolted joints, on pipelines and pressure vessels, in the
oil, gas and petrochemical industries, where correctly
sealed joints are essential for the safe movement
and processing of hydrocarbons, usually under high
pressure. Multiple use of hydraulic stud bolt tensioners,
to tension 25, 33, 50 or in some cases 100% of the bolts
simultaneously, ensures an even pull down of the joint
faces onto the gasket, ensuring the correct gasket
compression to achieve a leak free joint, first time every
time.
The extensive range of Hi-Force hydraulic stud bolt

tensioners, detailed in this section of the catalog,
includes both spring assisted and manual piston
retraction, topside tensioners, subsea tensioners,
hydraulic tensioning nuts, special design tensioners
made to exacting customer specifications, along
with a range of manual and air driven bolt tensioner
hydraulic pumps, hoses and accessories. The modular
design of Hi-Force hydraulic stud bolt tensioners
enables the user to adapt each model, to cover more
than one stud bolt size, by simply ordering additional
accessories. This greatly reduces investment costs, for
users, that require to tension multiple sizes of stud bolts,
whilst optimizing their investment costs.
iQ software is an innovative bolted joint integrity

software programme designed to assist engineers with
the provision of accurate bolt load calculations, based
on key input data, related to each specific bolted joint,
and is available for purchase through the provider
company Asset55 Limited. Hi-Force is able to support
our valued clients with bolt load calculations on an
hourly chargeable time basis.

BOLT TENSIONERS
SBT IMPERIAL RANGE 100

Spring return topside bolt tensioners
SBT COMPONENTS - IMPERIAL RANGE 101

Bolt tensioner components
SBT METRIC RANGE 102

Spring return topside bolt tensioners
SBT COMPONENTS - METRIC RANGE 103

STS IMPERIAL RANGE 104

Topside bolt tensioners
STS COMPONENTS - IMPERIAL RANGE 105

STS METRIC RANGE 106

Topside bolt tensioners
STS COMPONENTS - METRIC RANGE 107

STU IMPERIAL RANGE 108

Sub-sea bolt tensioners
STU METRIC RANGE 109

Sub-sea bolt tensioners
HTN IMPERIAL RANGE 110

Hydraulic tensioner nuts
HTN METRIC RANGE 111

Hydraulic tensioner nuts
SPECIAL DESIGN 112

Customized topside bolt tensioners
BOLT TENSIONER PUMPS 113

Air driven pumps for bolt tensioners
BOLT TENSIONER PUMPS 114

Manually operated pump for bolt tensioners
BOLT TENSIONER ACCESSORIES 115

Hoses, couplers and hose reel
BOLT TENSIONERS

SBT IMPERIAL RANGE
BOLT TENSIONERS
SBT | SPRING RETURN BOLT TENSIONERS - IMPERIAL
Bolt sizes from 1 ¼” to 4” diameter
` Single acting design with spring assisted piston retraction

` High grade alloy steel construction with nitrocarburized, F
corrosion resistant, piston
A
` Maximum stroke indicator to warn C
against piston over extension
` Safety over stroke device to protect operator from injury
` Self-energizing seals for improved performance E
and longevity at high pressure D
` Dual quick connect inlet and outlet couplings
for easy multiple tensioner connection
` Designed to fit most sizes of ANSI and API Note: Dimension F is for
guidance on ANSI flange
flanges and some Compact flanges applications only
` Interchangeable accessories to cover multiple
stud bolt sizes using same tensioner B
` Non-standard size threaded pullers available
to order on short delivery lead time
Model Bolt Threads Capacity Effective Stroke Weight Dimensions (in)

number thread size per inch tons kN area (in2) (in) (lbs) A B C (min) D E F
SBT2-125B1 1 ¼” 8 51.4 457 4.73 0.59 8.8 4.02 1.54 5 6.46 3.59 2.92
SBT2-137B1 1 3 ⁄8 ” 8 51.4 457 4.73 0.59 8.8 4.02 1.54 5 6.46 3.59 3.03
SBT2-150B1 1 ½” 8 51.4 457 4.73 0.59 8.8 4.02 1.54 4.85 6.46 3.59 3.15
SBT3-162B1 1 5 ⁄8 ” 8 92.4 822 8.49 0.59 14.8 5.4 1.85 5.75 7.41 3.7 3.62
SBT3-175B1 1 ¾” 8 92.4 822 8.49 0.59 14.8 5.4 1.85 5.63 7.41 3.7 3.66
SBT3-175B2 1 ¾” 8 92.4 822 8.49 0.59 15.9 5.4 1.97 5.83 7.6 3.7 3.7
SBT3-187B1 1 7 ⁄8 ” 8 92.4 822 8.49 0.59 14.8 5.4 1.85 5.48 7.41 3.7 3.82
SBT3-187B2 1 7 ⁄8 ” 8 92.4 822 8.49 0.59 15.9 5.4 1.97 5.67 7.6 3.7 4.1
SBT3-200B2 2” 8 92.4 822 8.49 0.59 15.9 5.4 1.97 5.56 7.6 3.7 4.1
SBT4-187B1 1 7 ⁄8 ” 8 142.1 1264 13.07 0.59 24.3 6.58 1.97 5.79 7.76 3.82 4.1
SBT4-200B1 2” 8 142.1 1264 13.07 0.59 24.3 6.58 1.97 5.63 7.76 3.82 4.1
SBT4-200B2 2” 8 142.1 1264 13.07 0.59 26.9 6.58 2.44 6.11 8.39 3.82 4.18
SBT4-225B2 2 ¼” 8 142.1 1264 13.07 0.59 26.9 6.58 2.44 5.91 8.39 3.82 4.77
SBT4-250B2 2 ½” 8 142.1 1264 13.07 0.59 26.9 6.58 2.44 5.71 8.39 3.82 5
SBT5-250B1 2 ½” 8 206 1833 18.94 0.59 36.4 8.23 2.88 6.38 9.02 4.02 5.28
SBT5-275B1 2 ¾” 8 206 1833 18.94 0.59 36.4 8.23 2.88 6.15 9.02 4.02 5.52
SBT5-300B1 3” 8 206 1833 18.94 0.59 36.4 8.23 2.88 5.87 9.02 4.02 5.79
SBT6-300B1 3” 8 297.6 2649 27.37 0.59 52.9 9.69 3.31 6.86 10.01 4.06 6.34
SBT6-325B1 3 ¼” 8 297.6 2649 27.37 0.59 52.9 9.69 3.31 6.66 10.01 4.06 6.58
SBT6-350B1 3 ½” 8 297.6 2649 27.37 0.59 52.9 9.69 3.31 6.38 10.01 4.06 6.78
SBT6-375B3 3 ¾” 8 297.6 2649 27.37 0.59 65.3 9.69 4.14 7.64 11.62 4.06 7.53
SBT6-400B3 4” 8 297.6 2649 27.37 0.59 65.3 9.69 4.14 7.45 11.62 4.06 7.72
Note: Weight is for load cell and bridge only. Total weight of complete assembly depends on size of puller and nut rotating socket selected. Tommy bars are not
included. Hi-Force recommends one tommy bar for every four tensioners.

SBT COMPONENTS - IMPERIAL RANGE BOLT TENSIONERS
SBT | BOLT TENSIONER COMPONENTS - IMPERIAL
Use with SBT Imperial Spring Return Tensioners
Modular design for greater flexibility
Versatile cost effective option
` Modify existing SBT tensioner assembly to another Principle of SBT Spring Return Bolt Tensioner
thread size, within the tensioner range
` All components or selected conversion kits must D = Threaded puller
have the same suffix as the target tensioner size
Examples:
` To change from SBT3-162B1 to SBT3-187B1 would
A = Load cell
require conversion kit CKS3-187B1 only.
` To change from SBT3-187B1 to SBT3-200B2
would require conversion kit CKS3-
200B2 and bridge STS3-B2.
C = Bridge
E = Nut rotating socket
B = Tommy bar
Denotes smaller bridge size within tensioner range

Denotes larger bridge size within tensioner range DO NOT mix components from different colour lines, SBT2 & SBT5 models
Denotes one bridge size within tensioner range have only one size of tensioner bridge (B1)
Individual components D&E

Complete tensioner A B C D E Complete
Model number Bolt thread Load cell Tommy bar Bridge Threaded puller Rotating socket conversion kit
For tensioner range SBT2
SBT2-125B1 1 ¼” TPS2-125B1 RS2-51B1 CKS2-125B1
SBT2-137B1 1 3 ⁄8 ” SBT2-LC TTB08 STS2-B1 TPS2-137B1 RS2-56B1 CKS2-137B1
SBT2-150B1 1 ½” TPS2-150B1 RS2-60B1 CKS2-150B1
SBT3-162B1 1 5 ⁄8 ” TPS3-162B1 RS3-65B1 CKS3-162B1
SBT3-175B1 1 ¾” STS3-B1 TPS3-175B1 RS3-70B1 CKS3-175B1
SBT3-LC TTB10
SBT3-175B2 1 ¾” TPS3-175B2 RS3-70B2 CKS3-175B2
SBT3-187B2 1 ⁄8 ”
7
STS3-B2 TPS3-187B2 RS3-75B2 CKS3-187B2
SBT3-200B2 2” TPS3-200B2 RS3-80B2 CKS3-200B2
STS4-B1
SBT4-200B2 2” SBT4-LC TTB10 TPS4-200B2 RS4-80B2 CKS4-200B2
SBT4-225B2 2 ¼” STS4-B2 TPS4-225B2 RS4-90B2 CKS4-225B2
SBT5-275B1 2 ¾” SBT5-LC TTB14 STS5-B1 TPS5-275B1 RS5-108B1 CKS5-275B1
SBT6-325B1 3 ¼” STS6-B1 TPS6-325B1 RS6-127B1 CKS6-325B1
SBT6-350B1 3 ½” SBT6-LC TTB14 TPS6-350B1 RS6-137B1 CKS6-350B1
SBT6-375B3 3 ¾” TPS6-375B3 RS6-146B3 CKS6-375B3
STS6-B3
Note: Remember to check bridge compatibility for SBT3, SBT4 and SBT6 models when ordering components.

SBT METRIC RANGE
BOLT TENSIONERS
SBT | SPRING RETURN BOLT TENSIONERS - METRIC
Bolt sizes from M30 to M100 diameter
` Single acting design with spring assisted piston retraction

` High grade alloy steel construction with nitrocarburized,
F
A
` Maximum stroke indicator to warn C
against piston over extension
` Self-energizing seals for improved performance E
and longevity at high pressure D
for easy multiple tensioner connection
guidance on ANSI flange
flanges and some Compact flanges applications only
Model Bolt Thread Capacity Effective Stroke Weight Dimensions (in)

number thread size pitch tons kN area (in2) (in) (lbs) A B C (min) D E F
SBT2-M30B1 M30 3.5 51.4 457 4.73 0.59 8.8 4.02 1.54 5.2 6.46 3.59 2.8
SBT2-M33B1 M33 3.5 51.4 457 4.73 0.59 8.8 4.02 1.54 5 6.46 3.59 2.92
SBT2-M36B1 M36 4 51.4 457 4.73 0.59 8.8 4.02 1.54 4.85 6.46 3.59 3.03
SBT2-M39B1 M39 4 51.4 457 4.73 0.59 8.8 4.02 1.54 4.85 6.46 3.59 3.15
SBT3-M42B1 M42 4.5 92.4 822 8.49 0.59 14.8 5.4 1.85 5.71 7.41 3.7 3.59
SBT3-M45B1 M45 4.5 92.4 822 8.49 0.59 14.8 5.4 1.85 5.59 7.41 3.7 4.14
SBT3-M45B2 M45 4.5 92.4 822 8.49 0.59 14.8 5.4 1.85 5.79 7.6 3.7 3.82
SBT3-M48B1 M48 5 92.4 822 8.49 0.59 14.8 5.4 1.85 5.48 7.41 3.7 4.14
SBT3-M48B2 M48 5 92.4 822 8.49 0.59 14.8 5.4 1.85 5.67 7.6 3.7 4.14
SBT3-M52B2 M52 5 92.4 822 8.49 0.59 14.8 5.4 1.85 5.52 7.6 3.7 3.82
SBT4-M48B1 M48 5 142.1 1264 13.07 0.59 24.3 6.58 1.97 5.91 7.76 3.82 4.14
SBT4-M52B1 M52 5 142.1 1264 13.07 0.59 24.3 6.58 1.97 5.71 7.76 3.82 4.26
SBT4-M52B2 M52 5 142.1 1264 13.07 0.59 24.3 6.58 2.44 6.3 8.39 3.82 4.73
SBT4-M56B2 M56 5.5 142.1 1264 13.07 0.59 24.3 6.58 2.44 6.11 8.39 3.82 4.73
SBT4-M60B2 M60 5.5 142.1 1264 13.07 0.59 24.3 6.58 2.44 5.91 8.39 3.82 4.89
SBT4-M64B2 M64 6 142.1 1264 13.07 0.59 24.3 6.58 2.44 5.71 8.39 3.82 4.96
SBT5-M64B1 M64 6 206 1833 18.94 0.59 36.4 8.23 2.88 6.46 9.02 4.02 5.28
SBT5-M68B1 M68 6 206 1833 18.94 0.59 36.4 8.23 2.88 6.26 9.02 4.02 5.36
SBT5-M72B1 M72 6 206 1833 18.94 0.59 36.4 8.23 2.88 6.15 9.02 4.02 5.48
SBT5-M76B1 M76 6 206 1833 18.94 0.59 36.4 8.23 2.88 5.87 9.02 4.02 5.59
SBT6-M76B1 M76 6 297.6 2649 27.37 0.59 52.9 9.69 3.31 6.93 10.01 4.06 6.23
SBT6-M80B1 M80 6 297.6 2649 27.37 0.59 52.9 9.69 3.31 6.78 10.01 4.06 6.3
SBT6-M85B1 M85 6 297.6 2649 27.37 0.59 52.9 9.69 3.31 6.66 10.01 4.06 6.38
SBT6-M90B1 M90 6 297.6 2649 27.37 0.59 52.9 9.69 3.31 6.38 10.01 4.06 6.7
SBT6-M95B3 M95 6 297.6 2649 27.37 0.59 65.3 9.69 3.78 7.64 11.62 4.06 7.25
SBT6-M100B3 M100 6 297.6 2649 27.37 0.59 65.3 9.69 3.78 7.45 11.62 4.06 7.49

SBT COMPONENTS - METRIC RANGE BOLT TENSIONERS
SBT | BOLT TENSIONER COMPONENTS - METRIC
Use with SBT Metric Spring Return Tensioners
` Modify existing SBT tensioner assembly to another Principle of SBT Spring Return Bolt Tensioner
` All components or selected conversion kits must D = Threaded puller
have the same suffix as the target tensioner size
Examples:
` To change from SBT3-M42B1 to SBT3-M48B1
A = Load cell
would require conversion kit CKS3-M48B1 only.
` To change from SBT3-M48B1 to SBT3-M52B2
would require conversion kit CKS3-
M52B2 and bridge STS3-B2.
C = Bridge
B = Tommy bar

Denotes larger bridge size within tensioner range DO NOT mix components from different colour lines, SBT2 & SBT5 models

SBT2-M30B1 M30 TPS2-M30B1 RS2-46B1 CKS2-M30B1
SBT2-LC TTB08 STS2-B1
SBT3-M45B1 M45 STS3-B1 TPS3-M45B1 RS3-70B1 CKS3-M45B1
SBT3-LC TTB10
SBT3-M48B2 M48 STS3-B2 TPS3-M48B2 RS3-75B2 CKS3-M48B2
STS4-B1
SBT4-LC TTB10
STS4-B2
SBT5-LC TTB14 STS5-B1
STS6-B1
SBT6-LC TTB14
STS6-B3
Note: Remember to check bridge compatibility for SBT3, SBT4 and SBT6 models when ordering components.

STS IMPERIAL RANGE
BOLT TENSIONERS
STS | TOPSIDE BOLT TENSIONERS - IMPERIAL
Bolt sizes from ¾” to 4” diameter
` Single acting design with manual piston retraction

F
` Maximum stroke indicator to warn against piston over extension A
C
` Self-energizing seals for improved performance Force
and longevity of use at high pressure

` Dual quick connect inlet and outlet couplers
E
for easy multiple tensioner connection D
` Designed to fit most sizes of ANSI and API
flanges and some Compact flanges Note: Dimension F is for
` Interchangeable accessories to cover multiple guidance on ANSI flange
stud bolt sizes using same tensioner applications only
` Non-standard size threaded pullers available B
Model Bolt Threads Capacity Effective Stroke Weight Dimensions (in)

number thread size per inch tons kN area (in2) (in) (lbs) A B C (min) D E F
STS1-075B1 ¾” 10 26.3 234 2.42 0.39 3.7 2.92 1.1 2.92 3.55 1.77 2.01
STS1-087B1 7
⁄8 ” 9 26.3 234 2.42 0.39 3.7 2.92 1.1 2.92 3.55 1.77 2.13
STS1-100B2 1” 8 26.3 234 2.42 0.39 3.7 2.92 1.18 3.15 3.86 1.77 2.4
STS1-112B2 1 1 ⁄8 ” 8 26.3 234 2.42 0.39 3.7 2.92 1.18 3.15 3.86 1.77 2.52
STS2-125B1 1 ¼” 8 51.4 457 4.73 0.59 7.7 4.02 1.54 4.06 5.04 2.13 2.92
STS2-137B1 1 3 ⁄8 ” 8 51.4 457 4.73 0.59 7.7 4.02 1.54 4.06 5.04 2.13 3.03
STS2-150B1 1 ½” 8 51.4 457 4.73 0.59 7.7 4.02 1.54 4.06 5.04 2.13 3.15
STS3-162B1 1 5 ⁄8 ” 8 92.4 822 8.49 0.59 13.4 5.24 1.85 4.53 5.91 2.21 3.62
STS3-175B1 1 ¾” 8 92.4 822 8.49 0.59 13.4 5.24 1.85 4.53 5.91 2.21 3.66
STS3-175B2 1 ¾” 8 92.4 822 8.49 0.59 13.4 5.24 1.97 4.61 6.11 2.21 4.1
STS3-187B1 1 7 ⁄8 ” 8 92.4 822 8.49 0.59 13.4 5.24 1.85 4.53 5.91 2.21 3.82
STS3-187B2 1 7 ⁄8 ” 8 92.4 822 8.49 0.59 13.9 5.24 1.97 4.61 6.11 2.21 4.1
STS3-200B2 2” 8 92.4 822 8.49 0.59 13.9 5.24 1.97 4.61 6.11 2.21 4.1
STS4-187B1 1 7 ⁄8 ” 8 142.1 1264 13.07 0.59 23.4 6.42 1.97 4.69 5.87 2.25 4.1
STS4-200B1 2” 8 142.1 1264 13.07 0.59 23.4 6.42 1.97 4.69 5.87 2.25 4.1
STS4-200B2 2” 8 142.1 1264 13.07 0.59 26.0 6.42 2.44 4.69 5.87 2.25 4.18
STS4-225B2 2 ¼” 8 142.1 1264 13.07 0.59 26.0 6.42 2.44 5.32 6.5 2.25 4.77
STS4-250B2 2 ½” 8 142.1 1264 13.07 0.59 23.4 6.42 2.44 5.32 6.5 2.25 5
STS5-250B1 2 ½” 8 206 1833 18.94 0.59 35.3 7.6 2.88 5.71 7.37 2.36 5.28
STS5-275B1 2 ¾” 8 206 1833 18.94 0.59 35.3 7.6 2.88 5.71 7.37 2.36 5.52
STS5-300B1 3” 8 206 1833 18.94 0.59 35.3 7.6 2.88 5.71 7.37 2.36 5.79
STS6-300B1 3” 8 297.6 2649 27.37 0.59 51.8 9.18 3.31 7.01 8.51 2.52 6.34
STS6-325B1 3 ¼” 8 297.6 2649 27.37 0.59 51.8 9.18 3.31 7.01 8.51 2.52 6.58
STS6-350B1 3 ½” 8 297.6 2649 27.37 0.59 51.8 9.18 3.31 7.01 8.51 2.52 6.78
STS6-375B3 3 ¾” 8 297.6 2649 27.37 0.59 64.2 9.18 4.14 8.08 10.13 2.52 7.53
STS6-400B3 4” 8 297.6 2649 27.37 0.59 64.2 9.18 4.14 8.08 10.13 2.52 7.72

STS COMPONENTS - IMPERIAL RANGE BOLT TENSIONERS
STS | BOLT TENSIONER COMPONENTS - IMPERIAL
Use with STS Imperial Tensioners
` Modify existing STS tensioner assembly to another Principle of STS Bolt Tensioner
` All components or selected conversion kits must
have the same suffix as the target tensioner size D = Threaded puller
Examples:
` To change from STS3-162B1 to STS3-187B1 would
require conversion kit CK3-187B1 only. A = Load cell
` To change from STS3-187B1 to STS3-200B2 would
require conversion kit CK3-200B2 and bridge STS3-B2.
C = Bridge

B = Tommy bar

Denotes larger bridge size within tensioner range DO NOT mix components from different colour lines, STS2 & STS5 models

For tensioner range STS1
STS1-075B1 ¾” TP1-075B1 RS1-32B1 CK1-075B1
STS1-B1
STS1-087B1 7
⁄8 ” TP1-087B1 RS1-37B1 CK1-087B1
STS1-LC TTB06
STS1-100B2 1” TP1-100B2 RS1-41B2 CK1-100B2
STS1-B2
STS1-112B2 1 1 ⁄8 ” TP1-112B2 RS1-46B2 CK1-112B2
STS2-125B1 1 ¼” TP2-125B1 RS2-51B1 CK2-125B1
STS2-137B1 1 3 ⁄8 ” STS2-LC TTB08 STS2-B1 TP2-137B1 RS2-56B1 CK2-137B1
STS2-150B1 1 ½” TP2-150B1 RS2-60B1 CK2-150B1
STS3-162B1 1 5 ⁄8 ” TP3-162B1 RS3-65B1 CK3-162B1
STS3-175B1 1 ¾” STS3-B1 TP3-175B1 RS3-70B1 CK3-175B1
STS3-187B1 1 7 ⁄8 ” TP3-187B1 RS3-75B1 CK3-187B1
STS3-LC TTB10
STS3-175B2 1 ¾” TP3-175B2 RS3-70B2 CK3-175B2
STS3-187B2 1 7 ⁄8 ” STS3-B2 TP3-187B2 RS3-75B2 CK3-187B2
STS3-200B2 2” TP3-200B2 RS3-80B2 CK3-200B2
STS4-187B1 1 7 ⁄8 ” TP4-187B1 RS4-75B1 CK4-187B1
STS4-B1
STS4-200B1 2” TP4-200B1 RS4-80B1 CK4-200B1
STS4-200B2 2” STS4-LC TTB10 TP4-200B2 RS4-80B2 CK4-200B2
STS4-225B2 2 ¼” STS4-B2 TP4-225B2 RS4-90B2 CK4-225B2
STS4-250B2 2 ½” TP4-250B2 RS4-98B2 CK4-250B2
STS5-250B1 2 ½” TP5-250B1 RS5-100B1 CK5-250B1
STS5-275B1 2 ¾” STS5-LC TTB14 STS5-B1 TP5-275B1 RS5-108B1 CK5-275B1
STS5-300B1 3” TP5-300B1 RS5-118B1 CK5-300B1
STS6-300B1 3” TP6-300B1 RS6-118B1 CK6-300B1
STS6-325B1 3 ¼” STS6-B1 TP6-325B1 RS6-127B1 CK6-325B1
STS6-350B1 3 ½” STS6-LC TTB14 TP6-350B1 RS6-137B1 CK6-350B1
STS6-375B3 3 ¾” TP6-375B3 RS6-146B3 CK6-375B3
STS6-B3
STS6-400B3 4” TP6-400B3 RS6-156B3 CK6-400B3
Note: Remember to check bridge compatibility for STS1, STS3, STS4 and STS6 models when ordering components.

STS METRIC RANGE
BOLT TENSIONERS
STS | TOPSIDE BOLT TENSIONERS - METRIC

F
A
corrosion resistant, piston C
Force
` Maximum stroke indicator to warn against piston over extension
` Self-energizing seals for improved performance
and longevity of use at high pressure E
` Dual quick connect inlet and outlet couplers for D
easy multiple tensioner connection
flanges and some Compact flanges guidance on ANSI flange
applications only
Model Bolt Thread Capacity Effective Stroke Weight Dimensions (in)

number thread size pitch tons kN area (in2) (in) (lbs) A B C (min) D E F
STS1-M16B1 M16 2 26.3 234 2.42 0.39 3.7 2.92 1.1 2.92 3.55 1.77 1.85
STS1-M18B1 M18 2.5 26.3 234 2.42 0.39 3.7 2.92 1.1 2.92 3.55 1.77 1.93
STS1-M20B1 M20 2.5 26.3 234 2.42 0.39 3.7 2.92 1.1 2.92 3.55 1.77 2.01
STS1-M22B2 M22 2.5 26.3 234 2.42 0.39 4.2 2.92 1.18 3.15 3.86 1.77 2.21
STS1-M24B2 M24 3 26.3 234 2.42 0.39 4.2 2.92 1.18 3.15 3.86 1.77 2.32
STS1-M27B2 M27 3 26.3 234 2.42 0.39 4.2 2.92 1.18 3.15 3.86 1.77 2.4
STS2-M30B1 M30 3.5 51.4 457 4.73 0.59 7.7 4.02 1.54 4.06 5.04 2.13 2.8
STS2-M33B1 M33 3.5 51.4 457 4.73 0.59 7.7 4.02 1.54 4.06 5.04 2.13 2.92
STS2-M36B1 M36 4 51.4 457 4.73 0.59 7.7 4.02 1.54 4.06 5.04 2.13 3.03
STS2-M39B1 M39 4 51.4 457 4.73 0.59 7.7 4.02 1.54 4.06 5.04 2.13 3.15
STS3-M42B1 M42 4.5 92.4 822 8.49 0.59 13.4 5.24 1.85 4.53 5.91 2.21 3.59
STS3-M45B1 M45 4.5 92.4 822 8.49 0.59 13.4 5.24 1.85 4.53 5.91 2.21 3.7
STS3-M45B2 M45 4.5 92.4 822 8.49 0.59 13.9 5.24 1.97 4.61 6.11 2.21 4.14
STS3-M48B1 M48 5 92.4 822 8.49 0.59 13.4 5.24 1.85 4.53 5.91 2.21 3.82
STS3-M48B2 M48 5 92.4 822 8.49 0.59 13.9 5.24 1.97 4.61 6.11 2.21 4.14
STS3-M52B2 M52 5 92.4 822 8.49 0.59 13.9 5.24 1.97 4.61 6.11 2.21 4.14
STS4-M48B1 M48 5 142.1 1264 13.07 0.59 23.4 6.42 1.97 4.69 5.87 2.25 4.14
STS4-M52B1 M52 5 142.1 1264 13.07 0.59 23.4 6.42 1.97 4.69 5.87 2.25 4.26
STS4-M52B2 M52 5 142.1 1264 13.07 0.59 26.0 6.42 2.44 5.32 6.5 2.25 4.73
STS4-M56B2 M56 5.5 142.1 1264 13.07 0.59 26.0 6.42 2.44 5.32 6.5 2.25 4.73
STS4-M60B2 M60 5.5 142.1 1264 13.07 0.59 26.0 6.42 2.44 5.32 6.5 2.25 4.89
STS4-M64B2 M64 6 142.1 1264 13.07 0.59 26.0 6.42 2.44 5.32 6.5 2.25 4.96
STS5-M64B1 M64 6 206 1833 18.94 0.59 35.3 7.6 2.88 5.71 7.37 2.36 5.28
STS5-M68B1 M68 6 206 1833 18.94 0.59 35.3 7.6 2.88 5.71 7.37 2.36 5.36
STS5-M72B1 M72 6 206 1833 18.94 0.59 35.3 7.6 2.88 5.71 7.37 2.36 5.48
STS5-M76B1 M76 6 206 1833 18.94 0.59 35.3 7.6 2.88 5.71 7.37 2.36 5.59
STS6-M76B1 M76 6 297.6 2649 27.37 0.59 51.8 9.18 3.31 7.01 8.51 2.52 6.23
STS6-M80B1 M80 6 297.6 2649 27.37 0.59 51.8 9.18 3.31 7.01 8.51 2.52 6.3
STS6-M85B1 M85 6 297.6 2649 27.37 0.59 51.8 9.18 3.31 7.01 8.51 2.52 6.38
STS6-M90B1 M90 6 297.6 2649 27.37 0.59 51.8 9.18 3.31 7.01 8.51 2.52 6.7
STS6-M95B3 M95 6 297.6 2649 27.37 0.59 64.2 9.18 4.14 8.08 10.13 2.52 7.25
STS6-M100B3 M100 6 297.6 2649 27.37 0.59 64.2 9.18 4.14 8.08 10.13 2.52 7.49

STS COMPONENTS - METRIC RANGE BOLT TENSIONERS
STS | BOLT TENSIONER COMPONENTS - METRIC
Use with STS Metric Tensioners
Versatile cost saving option
` Modify existing STS tensioner assembly to another Principle of STS Bolt Tensioner
` All components or selected conversion kits must
have the same suffix as the target tensioner size D = Threaded puller
Examples:
` To change from STS3-M42B1 to STS3-M48B1
would require conversion kit CK3-M48B1 only. A = Load cell
` To change from STS3-M48B1 to STS3-M52B2 would
require conversion kit CK3-M52B2 and bridge STS3-B2.
C = Bridge

B = Tommy bar
Denotes larger bridge size within tensioner range DO NOT mix components from different colour lines, STS2 & STS5 models

STS1-M16B1 M16 TP1-M16B1 RS1-24B1 CK1-M16B1
STS1-M18B1 M18 STS1-B1 TP1-M18B1 RS1-27B1 CK1-M18B1
STS1-LC TTB06
STS2-LC TTB08 STS2-B1
STS3-LC TTB10
STS4-B1
STS4-LC TTB10
STS4-B2
STS5-LC TTB14 STS5-B1
STS6-B1
STS6-LC TTB14
STS6-B3
Note: Remember to check bridge compatibility for STS1, STS3, STS4 and STS6 models when ordering components.

STU IMPERIAL RANGE BOLT TENSIONERS
STU | SUB-SEA BOLT TENSIONERS - IMPERIAL
Bolt sizes from 1” to 3 ½” diameter

` Manufactured from high grade alloy steel
with added corrosion protection
` Extra-long piston stroke on all models,
A
to save valuable diver time subsea F
C
` Simple two piece design for easy operation by divers subsea Force
` Visible maximum stroke indicator to warn
operator against piston over extension
E
` Self-energizing seals for improved performance D
Note: Dimension F is for
for easy multiple tensioner connection guidance on ANSI flange
` Designed to fit most sizes of ANSI and API applications only
flanges and some Compact flanges
B
` Interchangeable quick fit pullers, to cover secondary bolt
size, for each STU model, are available as accessories
for even greater versatility (see table below)
Model Quick Fit Bolt Capacity Effective Stroke Weight Tommy Dimensions (in)
number Pullers thread size tons kN area (in2) (in) (lbs) bar A B C D E F
STU1-100 QFP1-100 1”-8 UN 28.8 256 2.65 0.79 7.5 TTB06 3.23 0.87 4.69 4.69 5.52 2.4
STU1-112 QFP1-112 1 1⁄8”-8 UN 28.8 256 2.65 0.79 7.5 TTB06 3.23 0.87 4.69 4.69 5.52 2.52
STU2-125 QFP2-125 1 ¼”-8 UN 48.4 430 4.45 1.18 13.2 TTB08 4.02 1.18 5.52 5.52 6.46 2.88
STU2-137 QFP2-137 1 3⁄8”-8 UN 48.4 430 4.45 1.18 13.2 TTB08 4.02 1.18 5.52 5.52 6.46 2.96
STU3-150 QFP3-150 1 ½”-8 UN 62.2 553 5.72 1.18 16.5 TTB10 4.49 1.38 5.59 5.59 6.66 3.23
STU3-162 QFP3-162 1 5⁄8”-8 UN 62.2 553 5.72 1.18 16.5 TTB10 4.49 1.38 5.59 5.59 6.66 3.35
STU4-175 QFP4-175 1 ¾”-8 UN 85 756 7.82 1.18 21.6 TTB10 5.04 1.62 5.95 5.95 7.13 3.7
STU4-187 QFP4-187 1 7⁄8”-8 UN 85 756 7.82 1.18 21.6 TTB10 5.04 1.62 5.95 5.95 7.13 3.86
STU5-200 QFP5-200 2”-8 UN 131.3 1168 12.07 1.18 32.0 TTB12 5.91 1.89 6.46 6.46 7.96 4.41
STU5-225 QFP5-225 2 ¼”-8 UN 131.3 1168 12.07 1.18 32.0 TTB12 5.91 1.89 6.46 6.46 7.96 4.57
STU6-250 QFP6-250 2 ½”-8 UN 185.3 1649 17.04 1.18 50.3 TTB14 6.93 2.36 7.21 7.21 9.1 5.36
STU6-275 QFP6-275 2 ¾”-8 UN 185.3 1649 17.04 1.18 50.3 TTB14 6.93 2.36 7.21 7.21 9.1 5.56
STU7-300 QFP7-300 3”-8 UN 279 2483 25.66 1.18 78.5 TTB16 8.47 3.51 8.47 8.47 10.24 6.38
STU7-325 QFP7-325 3 ¼”-8 UN 279 2483 25.66 1.18 78.5 TTB16 8.47 3.51 8.47 8.47 10.24 6.82
STU7-350 QFP7-350 3 ½”-8 UN 279 2483 25.66 1.18 78.5 TTB16 8.47 3.51 8.47 8.47 10.24 6.9
Note: Tommy bars are not included. Hi-Force recommends one tommy bar for every four tensioners. Please note that the tommy bar listed will fit related quick fit
puller; a different size may be required for the drilled hexagon nut.

STU METRIC RANGE
BOLT TENSIONERS
STU | SUB-SEA BOLT TENSIONERS - METRIC

` Manufactured from high grade alloy steel
with added corrosion protection
` Extra-long piston stroke on all models,
A
to save valuable diver time subsea F
C
` Simple two piece design for easy operation by divers subsea Force
operator against piston over extension
E
` Self-energizing seals for improved performance D
Note: Dimension F is for
for easy multiple tensioner connection guidance on ANSI flange
` Designed to fit most sizes of ANSI and API applications only
flanges and some Compact flanges
B
` Interchangeable quick fit pullers, to cover multiple bolt
sizes, for each STU model, are available as accessories
for even greater versatility (see table below)
Model Quick Fit Bolt Capacity Effective Stroke Weight Tommy Dimensions (in)
number Pullers thread size tons kN area (in2) (in) (lbs) bar A B C D E F
STU1-24 QFP1-24 M24x3 28.8 256 2.65 0.79 7.5 TTB06 3.23 0.87 4.69 4.69 5.52 2.4
STU1-27 QFP1-27 M27x3 28.8 256 4.45 1.18 13.2 TTB06 3.23 0.87 4.69 4.69 5.52 2.52
STU2-30 QFP2-30 M30x3.5 48.4 430 4.45 1.18 13.2 TTB08 4.02 1.18 5.52 5.52 6.46 2.88
STU2-33 QFP2-33 M33x3.5 48.4 430 4.45 1.18 13.2 TTB08 4.02 1.18 5.52 5.52 6.46 2.96
STU2-36 QFP2-36 M36x4 48.4 430 5.72 1.18 16.5 TTB10 4.02 1.18 5.52 5.52 6.46 3.07
STU3-39 QFP3-39 M39x4 62.2 553 5.72 1.18 16.5 TTB10 4.49 1.38 5.59 5.59 6.66 3.23
STU3-42 QFP3-42 M42x4.5 62.2 553 7.82 1.18 21.6 TTB10 4.49 1.38 5.59 5.59 6.66 3.35
STU4-45 QFP4-45 M45x4.5 85 756 7.82 1.18 21.6 TTB10 5.04 1.62 5.95 5.95 7.13 3.7
STU4-48 QFP4-48 M48x5 85 756 12.07 1.18 32.0 TTB12 5.04 1.62 5.95 5.95 7.13 3.86
STU5-52 QFP5-52 M52x5 131.3 1168 12.07 1.18 32.0 TTB12 5.91 1.89 6.46 6.46 7.96 4.41
STU5-56 QFP5-56 M56x5.5 131.3 1168 17.04 1.18 50.3 TTB14 5.91 1.89 6.46 6.46 7.96 4.57
STU6-60 QFP6-60 M60x5.5 185.3 1649 17.04 1.18 50.3 TTB14 6.93 2.36 7.21 7.21 9.1 5.36
STU6-64 QFP6-64 M64x6 185.3 1649 17.04 1.18 50.3 TTB16 6.93 2.36 7.21 7.21 9.1 5.36
STU6-68 QFP6-68 M68x6 185.3 1649 17.04 1.18 50.3 TTB16 6.93 2.36 7.21 7.21 9.1 5.36
STU6-72 QFP6-72 M72x6 185.3 1649 25.66 1.18 78.5 TTB16 6.93 2.36 7.21 7.21 9.1 5.56
STU7-76 QFP7-76 M76x6 279 2483 25.66 1.18 78.5 TTB16 8.47 3.51 8.47 8.47 10.24 6.46
STU7-80 QFP7-80 M80x6 279 2483 25.66 1.18 78.5 TTB16 8.47 3.51 8.47 8.47 10.24 6.46
STU7-85 QFP7-85 M85x6 279 2483 25.66 1.18 78.5 TTB16 8.47 3.51 8.47 8.47 10.24 6.9
STU7-90 QFP7-90 M90x6 279 2483 165.56 30 35.6 TTB16 8.47 3.51 8.47 8.47 10.24 6.9
Note: Tommy bars are not included. Hi-Force recommends one tommy bar for every four tensioners. Please note that the tommy bar listed will fit related quick fit
puller; a different size may be required for the drilled hexagon nut.

HTN IMPERIAL RANGE BOLT TENSIONERS
HTN | HYDRAULIC TENSIONER NUTS - IMPERIAL
Bolt sizes from 1” to 4” diameter
` Single acting design with integral load holding lock nut

` Designed to permanently replace regular nuts on one side of the joint
` Ideally suited for bolted joints that need opening and A
closing, during maintenance, on a regular basis
` High grade alloy steel construction with
nitrocarburized corrosion resistant piston
D
at high temperatures and pressures
` Dual quick connect inlet and outlet couplings for C
easy multiple tensioner nut connection B
operator of potential over extension
Model Capacity Effective Stroke Weight Tommy Dimensions (in)

Bolt size
number tons kN area (in2) (in) (lbs) bar A B C D
HTN1-100 1”-8 UN 22.3 198 2.05 0.2 4.2 TTB06 2.84 2.17 0.71 5.2
HTN2-112 1 ⁄8”-8 UN
1
24.3 216 2.24 0.2 4.4 TTB06 2.96 2.17 0.71 5.2
HTN3-125 1 ¼”-8 UN 28.4 253 2.61 0.2 5.3 TTB06 3.23 2.25 0.83 5.28
HTN4-137 1 3⁄8”-8 UN 34.4 306 3.16 0.2 6.0 TTB06 3.47 2.25 0.87 5.32
HTN5-150 1 ½”-8 UN 38.7 344 3.56 0.24 6.4 TTB06 3.66 2.29 0.83 5.32
HTN6-162 1 5⁄8”-8 UN 44.7 398 4.11 0.24 7.7 TTB06 3.94 2.44 0.91 5.59
HTN7-175 1 ¾”-8 UN 53.4 475 4.91 0.24 8.8 TTB06 4.18 2.52 0.95 5.56
HTN8-187 1 ⁄8”-8 UN
7
56.3 501 5.18 0.24 9.3 TTB06 4.33 2.52 0.99 5.59
HTN9-200 2”-8 UN 63.3 564 5.82 0.24 10.8 TTB06 4.61 2.64 1.26 5.71
HTN10-225 2 ¼”-8 UN 83.9 746 7.71 0.32 14.1 TTB06 5.04 2.92 1.1 5.99
HTN11-250 2 ½”-8 UN 101.7 905 9.35 0.32 17.6 TTB06 5.56 3.03 1.14 6.11
HTN12-275 2 ¾”-8 UN 112.3 1000 10.33 0.32 19.4 TTB08 5.91 3.07 1.18 6.15
HTN13-300 3”-8 UN 135.2 1203 12.44 0.32 23.4 TTB08 6.38 3.19 1.22 6.26
HTN14-325 3 ¼”-8 UN 158.9 1414 14.61 0.39 28.4 TTB08 6.86 3.43 1.38 6.5
HTN15-350 3 ½”-8 UN 180.3 1605 16.59 0.39 35.7 TTB10 7.37 3.74 1.46 6.82
HTN16-375 3 ¾”-8 UN 191.5 1705 17.61 0.39 40.3 TTB10 7.64 4.02 1.54 7.05
HTN17-400 4”-8 UN 214.8 1911 19.75 0.39 48.3 TTB10 8.08 4.33 1.62 7.41
Note: Tommy bars are not included. Hi-Force recommends one tommy bar for every four tensioner nuts.

HTN METRIC RANGE
BOLT TENSIONERS
HTN | HYDRAULIC TENSIONER NUTS - METRIC
` Single acting design with integral load holding lock nut

` Designed to permanently replace regular nuts on one side of the joint
` Ideally suited for bolted joints that need opening and A
closing, during maintenance, on a regular basis
` High grade alloy steel construction with
nitrocarburized corrosion resistant piston
D
at high temperatures and pressures
` Dual quick connect inlet and outlet couplings for C
easy multiple tensioner nut connection B
operator of potential over extension
Model Capacity Effective Stroke Weight Tommy Dimensions (in)

Bolt size
number tons kN area (in2) (in) (lbs) bar A B C D
HTN1-M24 M24x3 22.3 198 2.05 0.2 4.2 TTB06 2.84 2.17 0.71 5.2
HTN2-M27 M27x3 24.3 216 2.24 0.2 4.4 TTB06 2.96 2.17 0.71 5.2
HTN3-M30 M30x3.5 28.4 253 2.61 0.2 5.3 TTB06 3.23 2.25 0.83 5.28
HTN3-M33 M33x3.5 28.4 253 2.61 0.2 5.3 TTB06 3.23 2.25 0.83 5.28
HTN4-M36 M36x4 34.4 306 3.16 0.2 6.0 TTB06 3.47 2.25 0.87 5.32
HTN5-M39 M39x4 38.7 344 3.56 0.24 6.4 TTB06 3.66 2.29 0.83 5.32
HTN6-M42 M42x4.5 44.7 398 4.11 0.24 7.7 TTB06 3.94 2.44 0.91 5.59
HTN7-M45 M45x4.5 53.4 475 4.91 0.24 8.8 TTB06 4.18 2.52 0.95 5.56
HTN8-M48 M48x5 56.3 501 5.18 0.24 9.3 TTB06 4.33 2.52 0.99 5.59
HTN9-M52 M52x5 63.3 564 5.82 0.24 10.8 TTB06 4.61 2.64 1.26 5.71
HTN10-M56 M56x5.5 83.9 746 7.71 0.32 14.1 TTB06 5.04 2.92 1.1 5.99
HTN11-M60 M60x5.5 101.7 905 9.35 0.32 17.6 TTB06 5.56 3.03 1.14 6.11
HTN11-M64 M64x6 101.7 905 9.35 0.32 17.6 TTB06 5.56 3.03 1.14 6.11
HTN12-M68 M68x6 112.3 1000 10.33 0.32 19.4 TTB08 5.91 3.07 1.18 6.15
HTN13-M72 M72x6 135.2 1203 12.44 0.32 23.4 TTB08 6.38 3.19 1.22 6.26
HTN13-M76 M76x6 135.2 1203 12.44 0.32 23.4 TTB08 6.38 3.19 1.22 6.26
HTN14-M80 M80x6 158.9 1414 14.61 0.39 28.4 TTB08 6.86 3.43 1.38 6.5
HTN15-M85 M85x6 180.3 1605 16.59 0.39 35.7 TTB10 7.37 3.74 1.46 6.82
HTN15-M90 M90x6 180.3 1605 16.59 0.39 35.7 TTB10 7.37 3.74 1.46 6.82
HTN16-M95 M95x6 191.5 1705 17.61 0.39 40.3 TTB10 7.64 4.02 1.54 7.05
HTN17-M100 M100x6 214.8 1911 19.75 0.39 48.3 TTB10 8.08 4.33 1.62 7.41
Note: Tommy bars are not included. Hi-Force recommends one tommy bar for every four tensioner nuts.

SPECIAL DESIGN BOLT TENSIONERS
STS | CUSTOMIZED & SPECIAL DESIGN BOLT TENSIONERS
Custom design and built to customer

requirements
Short delivery lead time due to in-house
manufacture
Working pressure up to 33000 psi
Hi-Force offers customized and special design hydraulic bolt tensioners that can include:
` Fitment on non-standard size and shape nuts requiring special design bridge
` Applications where retaining nuts are recessed requiring special nut rotating sockets
` Stud bolts with two different thread diameters and specifications
` Larger diameter bolts above the 4” (M100) size covered in the standard range
` Applications with restricted amount of space available
` Special bridges requiring increased load bearing surface area

BOLT TENSIONER PUMPS
BOLT TENSIONERS
Operates from standard 7 bar air supply
Air consumption up to 1.59 m3/minute (56 scfm)
A B
AHP-BTU
` Air driven hydraulic bolt tensioner pump C
operates from standard 100 psi air supply
` Lightweight stainless steel protective frame
for easy storage and transportation
` Infinitely variable output pressure and flow rate
` Fitted with glycerin filled vibra-gauge and quick
connect high pressure outlet coupling
` Airline filter regulator lubricator unit fitted as standard
Model Usable oil Oil flow Outlet Weight Dimensions (in)

Air consumption
number capacity (gallons) per stroke (in3) coupler (lbs) A B C
AHP275BTU 1.98 0.1 STFC4 28 scfm (0.79 m3/min) 44.1 17.73 15.56 15.56
AHP2-237BTU 1.98 0.37 STFC4 56 scfm (1.59 m3/min) 52.9 17.73 15.37 18.32

BOLT TENSIONERS
Compact, lightweight aluminum construction
Complete with pressure gauge
HPX-BTU
` Manually operated high pressure bolt tensioning pump
` Usable oil capacity 73.23 inch3
` Fitted with external pressure release valve C E
D
and factory set safety valve
` Bespoke handle with ergonomic grip and mesh guard
to protect gauge from accidental damage A
Model Usable oil Displacement per stroke (in3) Outlet Weight Dimensions (in)
number capacity (in3) 1st stage 2nd stage coupler (lbs) A B C D E
HPX1500BTU 73.23 1.22 0.06 STFC4 14.3 24.23 6.34 3.31 4.93 3.01

BOLT TENSIONER ACCESSORIES BOLT TENSIONERS
BOLT TENSIONER ACCESSORIES | HOSES, COUPLERS & HOSE REEL
Hose lengths up to 984 feet
Supplied with quick connect couplings
Design pressure 21750 psi with 3:1 safety factor
XHR1 HOSE REEL

` Designed for sub-sea main line hose connection
between the pump and the first tensioner
` Accommodates up to 984 ft of XHC
bolt tensioner hydraulic hose
` Complete with quick connect couplings, integrated
brake and a spring loaded locking bolt
Dimensions
Length 31.5" x Width 23.6" x Height 34.2"
Model number Description Weight (lbs)
XHC1.5B Link hose complete with quick connect couplings, length 5 ft 2.2
XHC3B Link hose complete with quick connect couplings, length 10 ft 3.7
XHC5B Mainline hose complete with quick connect couplings, length 16.5 ft 5.7
XHC10B Mainline hose complete with quick connect couplings, length 33 ft 9.9
XHR1 Hose reel, suitable for up to 984 feet of XHC high pressure hose 61.7
STFC4 Female coupling 0.9
STMC4 Male coupling 0.4
STN1P2 1
⁄8” x ¼” BSP nipple for current model STS1 only 0.9
STN1P4 ¼” BSP nipple c/w bonded sealing washer (old design - not for STS1) 1.1
STN1P4-C ¼” BSP nipple with cone seat seal (current design - not for STS1) 1.5

HI-FORCE NUT SPLITTERS
AND SPREADERS
The Hi-Force range of hydraulic nut splitters provides

the perfect answer for removal of worn, damaged or
corroded fasteners. Manufactured from high quality
steel, the range includes single acting and double
acting versions, designed for splitting hexagon nuts
from 11⁄16” to 5 3 ⁄8” AF sizes.
The flange spreader range offers mechanical and

hydraulic spreader options and provides the ideal
solution for opening flanges safely in the marine and
oil & gas industries. The hydraulic flange spreaders
are available as a single unit complete with pump
and accessories or as a twin spreader arrangement
which enables the operator to achieve parallel flange
separation all around the joint.

NUT SPLITTERS AND SPREADERS
NS RANGE 118
Single acting nut splitters
HMNS RANGE 119

Self-contained nut splitters
DNS RANGE 120

Double acting nut splitters
HFS-H RANGE 121

Hydraulic flange spreaders
HFS & HFS-TK RANGE 122

Hydraulic flange spreader kits
MFS RANGE 123

Mechanical flange spreaders
JS RANGE 124
Jaw spreader
SJS & SJS-TK RANGE 125

Stepped jaw spreaders and jaw spreader kits
NUT SPLITTERS & SPREADERS

NS RANGE NUT SPLITTERS AND SPREADERS
NS | SINGLE ACTING NUT SPLITTERS
Nut AF sizes from 11⁄16” to 2 15⁄16”
Bolt sizes from ½” to 1 7⁄8”

` Angled body design for increased clearance
on flanges and flat surfaces
` High quality steel construction A F
` Suitable for splitting nuts up to RC44 hardness
` Designed to fit on most API and ANSI flanges
` Offers ideal ‘cold cut’ solution for applications
C
where ‘hot work’ permits are not allowed
` Steel linkage keeps blade cutting edge parallel
to the nut throughout the splitting process
` Compact and easy to use B
` Optional 360˚ positional swivel coupling for D
fitment in confined spaces, available for use
with NS104 and NS110 models only
E
Model Capacity Oil capacity Hexagon AF sizes Stud bolt thread sizes Weight Dimensions (in)
number (tons) (in³) inch mm imperial metric (lbs) A B C D E F
NS104 18 2.81 11
⁄16” - 1 ¼” 17 - 32 ½” - ¾” M10 - M22 8.8 2.52 3.03 0.49 1.18 8.27 2.64
NS110 27.4 3.78 1 ¼” - 1 5⁄8” 32 - 41 ¾” - 1” M22 - M27 16.3 3.07 3.78 0.79 1.46 11.27 2.68
NS200 45.4 7.44 1 5⁄8” - 2” 41 - 50 1” - 1 ¼” M27 - M33 23.4 3.78 4.57 0.83 1.69 12.41 4.26
NS206 63.7 11.9 2” - 2 3⁄8” 50 - 60 1 ¼” - 1 ½” M33 - M39 34.8 4.53 5.44 0.95 2.05 13.24 4.96
NS215 99.6 24.77 2 3⁄8” - 2 15⁄16” 60 - 75 1 ½” - 1 7⁄8” M39 - M48 86.6 6.15 6.9 1.06 2.96 16.78 6.38
Note: NS nut splitters are for use on heavy duty nuts, where the nut height is equal to or greater than two-thirds of the blade length of the tool being used.
Please check dimension 'C' to confirm the tool will fit in the space between the edge of the nut and the neck of the flange.
Replacement blades for NS nut splitters
Blade part number For nut splitter
NS104-B NS104
NS110-B NS110
NS200-B NS200
NS206-B NS206
NS215-B NS215

HMNS RANGE
NUT SPLITTERS AND SPREADERS
HMNS | SELF-CONTAINED NUT SPLITTERS
Nut AF sizes from 11⁄16” to 2”
Bolt sizes from ½” to 1 ¼”

A
` Incorporates an integral hydraulic pump
with multi-positional lever
` Angled body design for increased clearance C 45˚ Approx.
` High quality steel construction
` Suitable for splitting nuts up to RC44 hardness
` Designed to fit on most API and ANSI flanges
` Offers ideal ‘cold cut’ solution for applications
where ‘hot work’ permits are not allowed
B
` Steel linkage keeps blade cutting edge parallel D
` Compact and easy to use
E
Model Capacity Hexagon AF sizes Stud bolt thread sizes Weight Dimensions (in)
number (tons) inch mm imperial metric (lbs) A B C D E F
HMNS104 18 11
⁄16” - 1 ¼” 17 - 32 ½” - ¾” M10 - M22 12.8 2.52 3.47 0.49 1.18 14.97 17.93
HMNS110 27.4 1 ¼” - 1 5⁄8” 32 - 41 ¾” - 1” M22 - M27 17.4 3.07 3.98 0.79 1.46 17.34 21.28
HMNS200 45.4 1 5⁄8” - 2” 41 - 50 1” - 1 ¼” M27 - M33 30.0 3.7 4.41 0.83 1.69 18.56 22.3
Note: HMNS nut splitters are for use on heavy duty nuts, where the nut height is equal to or greater than two-thirds of the blade length of the tool being used.
Please check dimension 'C' to confirm the tool will fit in the space between the edge of the nut and the neck of the flange.
Replacement blades for HMNS nut splitters
NS104-B HMNS104
NS110-B HMNS110
NS200-B HMNS200

DNS RANGE NUT SPLITTERS AND SPREADERS
DNS | DOUBLE ACTING NUT SPLITTERS
Nut AF sizes from 2 15⁄16” to 5 3⁄8”
Bolt sizes from 1 7⁄8” to 3 ½”
C D
` Double acting hydraulic piston for easy
extension and retraction of the blade
` Angled body design for increased clearance
` High quality steel construction
` Suitable for splitting nuts up to RC44 hardness B
` Designed to fit on most API and ANSI flanges A
` Steel linkage keeps blade cutting edge parallel
E
Model Capacity Oil capacity Hexagon AF sizes Stud bolt thread sizes Weight Dimensions (in)
number (tons) (in³) inch mm imperial metric (lbs) A B C D E F
DNS404 131.8 48.56 2 15⁄16” - 4 ¼” 75 - 105 1 7⁄8” - 2 ¾” M48 - M72 110.2 14.95 7.56 3.92 5.14 7.21 1.34
DNS506 224.2 92.11 4 ¼” - 5 3⁄8” 105 - 136 2 ¾” - 3 ½” M72 - M95 211.6 17.77 9.46 5.52 6.6 9.26 1.62
Note: DNS nut splitters are for use on heavy duty nuts, where the nut height is equal to or greater than two-thirds of the blade length of the tool being used.
Please check dimension 'F' to confirm the tool will fit in the space between the edge of the nut and the neck of the flange.
Replacement blades for DNS nut splitters
DNS404-B DNS404
DNS506-B DNS506

HFS-H RANGE NUT SPLITTERS AND SPREADERS
HFS-H | HYDRAULIC FLANGE SPREADERS
Quick and easy to assemble on flange
` Single acting, spring assisted return cylinder for fast and safe operation
` Capable of opening flanges up to 2 x 2 ¼” thick
` Suitable for fitment on flanges with maximum bolt size of 1 5⁄8” (41 mm)
` Spreading range from 2.4 to 8.83 inches
` Lightweight ergonomic design for ease of use
G
F
D
J
C
A
I
Model Capacity Stroke Oil capacity Maximum flange Stud size Standard wedge Weight
number (tons) (in) (in³) thickness (in) (in) (in) (lbs)
HFS50H 5 2.96 2.93 2 x 2 ¼” ¾” - 1 1⁄8” 1

⁄8 ” - 1 1 ⁄8 ” 11.0
HFS100H 11 2.21 4.94 2 x 3 5 ⁄8 ” 1 ¼” - 1 5⁄8” 1

⁄8 ” - 1 1 ⁄8 ” 25.6

number A B C (min) C (max) D E F G H I J
HFS50H 2.99 8.27 2.4 6.11 0.39 7.56 2.72 5.08 0.99 8.12 0.71
HFS100H 4.26 11.43 2.4 8.83 1.18 6.5 3.51 7.01 1.5 10.76 1.22

HFS & HFS-TK RANGE NUT SPLITTERS AND SPREADERS
HFS & HFS-TK | HYDRAULIC FLANGE SPREADER KITS
Capacities from 5 to 11 tons per spreader
Complete with manual hydraulic pump
` Single acting, spring assisted return for fast and safe operation
` Capable of opening flanges up to 2 x 3 5⁄8” thick
` Suitable for fitment on flanges with maximum bolt size of 1 5⁄8” (41 mm)
` Spreading range from 2.4 to 8.83 inches
` Lightweight ergonomic design for ease of use
` Available as single spreader or twin spreader arrangement
` Supplied complete with manually operated pump and hose assembly
G
F
D
J
C
A Twin kit offers parallel flange separation
I on larger size flanges
B
Model Capacity Stroke Oil capacity Maximum flange Stud size Standard wedge Weight
number (tons) (in) (in³) thickness (in) (in) (in) (lbs)
HFS50 5 2.96 2.93 2 x 2 ¼” ¾” - 1 1⁄8” 1

⁄8 ” - 1 1 ⁄8 ” 49.6
HFS100 11 2.21 4.94 2 x 3 5 ⁄8 ” 1 ¼” - 1 5⁄8” 1

⁄8 ” - 1 1 ⁄8 ” 64.2
HFS50-TK 2x5 2.96 2 x 2.93 2 x 2 ¼” ¾” - 1 1⁄8” 1

⁄8 ” - 1 1 ⁄8 ” 60.6
HFS100-TK 2 x 11 2.21 2 x 4.94 2 x 3 5 ⁄8 ” 1 ¼” - 1 5⁄8” 1

⁄8 ” - 1 1 ⁄8 ” 78.7

number A B C (min) C (max) D E F G H I J
HFS50 2.99 8.27 2.4 6.11 0.39 7.56 2.72 5.08 0.99 8.12 0.71
HFS100 4.26 11.43 2.4 8.83 1.18 6.5 3.51 7.01 1.5 10.76 1.22
HFS50-TK 2.99 8.27 2.4 6.11 0.39 7.56 2.72 5.08 0.99 8.12 0.71
HFS100-TK 4.26 11.43 2.4 8.83 1.18 6.5 3.51 7.01 1.5 10.76 1.22

MFS RANGE NUT SPLITTERS AND SPREADERS
MFS | MECHANICAL FLANGE SPREADERS
Suitable for bolt diameters up to 1 ¼”
Maximum spread 9.1 inches
No external power source required
` Manually operated mechanical feed screw design

` Capable of opening flanges up to 2 x 3 ¾” thickness
` Economical and safe operation
` High grade steel construction with high tensile cross bolt
` Case hardened spreading wedge
` Compact, portable and easy to use
C
E B
F D
Min flange Maximum flange thickness Dimensions (in)

Model Pin diameter Weight
bolt hole
number (lbs) A B (max) C (min) C (max) D E F
inch mm diameter inch mm
MFS16 5
⁄8 ” 16 11
⁄16” 2 x 7 ⁄8 ” 2 x 22 4.9 0.99 1.1 7.29 9.14 1.58 0.99 2.76
MFS19 ¾” 19 13
⁄16" 2 x 1 3 ⁄8 ” 2 x 35 6.0 1.18 1.97 7.29 10.01 1.97 0.99 3.74
MFS22 7
⁄8 ” 22 15
⁄16” 2 x 1 13⁄16” 2 x 47 9.0 1.18 1.97 9.73 12.53 1.97 1.18 4.89
MFS25 1” 25 1" 2 x 2 7⁄16” 2 x 62 14.1 1.18 3.35 9.73 13.91 1.97 1.18 6.11
MFS28 1 1 ⁄8 ” 28 1 1 ⁄8 ” 2 x 2 ¾” 2 x 70 18.1 1.18 3.15 10.84 15.05 2.36 1.58 7.13
MFS31 1 ¼” 31 1 ¼" 2 x 3 ¾” 2 x 95 21.2 1.26 3.31 10.84 15.17 2.36 1.58 9.1

JS RANGE NUT SPLITTERS AND SPREADERS
JS | JAW SPREADER
Capacity 1 ton

` Narrow design requires access gap of only 0.51 inches
` High strength forged steel construction
` Easy connection to hydraulic pump and hose using supplied quick connect coupling
` Compact, lightweight and easy to use
Dimensions (in)
Model number Capacity (tons) Oil capacity (in³) Weight (lbs)
A B C
JS4 1 0.61 4.9 9.22 0.51 3.31

SJS & SJS-TK RANGE NUT SPLITTERS AND SPREADERS
SJS | STEPPED JAW SPREADERS
Capacity 14 tons per spreader unit
Supplied with safety block & stepped blocks

` High strength steel construction
` Compact, lightweight and easy to use
` Low height jaw tips can easily fit into an 0.32 inches gap
` Maximum spreading distance 2.36 inches when using the supplied step blocks
` Self-contained spreader unit (SJS10-M) incorporates an integral manual hydraulic pump with multi-position operating lever
A G
B B
C H
H I
D C
D
E I
E
J
F
F J A G
SJS10 Retracted SJS10 Extended SJS10-M Retracted SJS10-M Extended
Model Capacity Stroke Minimum Maximum Oil capacity Weight Dimensions (in)
number (tons) (in) height (in) spread (in) (in3) (lbs) A B C D E F G H I J
SJS10 14 1.97 0.32 2.36 4.51 12.1 10.99 2.36 1.58 0.59 0.32 0.39 12.92 2.36 1.1 1.93
SJS10-M 14 1.97 0.32 2.36 4.51 16.5 17.06 2.36 1.58 0.59 0.32 0.39 19.03 2.36 1.1 1.93
TWIN KIT:
` Twin spreader kit is ideal for applications requiring two tools to be operated simultaneously
` Offers an even spread of the flange joint during gasket replacement
Model Spreaders Pump Hoses Manifold Gauges Gauge blocks Metal box Weight
number 2x 1x 2x 1x 2x 2x 1x (lbs)
SJS10-TK SJS10 HP212 HC3C HM2C HG63G AGA1-25 MSB4 76.1

HI-FORCE HYDROTEST PUMPS
The Hi-Force range of hydrotest pumps is specifically

designed for applications requiring pressure testing
using water as a fluid medium. Extensively used for
pressure testing valves, pipelines and pressure vessels, in
various industries including oil and gas, petrochemical
and food processing. The range offers a choice of two
speed manually operated versions, with maximum
output pressures up to 14500 psi, through to an
extensive range of air driven options, offering a wide
variety of piston displacement outputs and pressure
outputs up to 40000 psi. All air driven versions also offer
a factory fitted, integral chart recorder if required.
All models can be factory fitted with special seals,
manufactured from viton and ethylene propylene for
use with special fluids or chemicals on request.
For a full list of fluids approved for use with Hi-Force

hydrotest pumps please contact your Hi-Force
Regional Office or approved Hi-Force Distributor.

HYDROTEST PUMPS
MHX RANGE 128

Manually operated hydrotest pumps
MHX-PU RANGE 129

Manually operated hydrotest pump units
AHP RANGE 130

Air driven hydrotest pumps - Standard flow
AHP-CR RANGE 131

Air driven hydrotest pumps - Standard flow with chart recorder
AHP2 RANGE 132

Air driven hydrotest pumps - Medium flow
AHP2-CR RANGE 133

Air driven hydrotest pumps - Medium flow with chart recorder
ATDP RANGE 134

Air driven hydrotest pumps - High flow, twin double acting design
HYDROTEST PUMP ACCESSORIES 135

Spare recorder charts & pen for chart recorder
HYDROTEST PUMPS

MHX RANGE HYDROTEST PUMPS
MHX | MANUALLY OPERATED HYDROTEST PUMPS
Choice of 5 models available
Maximum output pressures up to 14500 psi
Two stage displacement with manual

T-Handle changeover plunger
` Lightweight aluminum alloy pump unit with integral factory set safety relief valve
` High grade stainless steel pistons for increased resistance to corrosion
` Smooth manually operated 2-way pressure and release valve with precise control
` Stainless steel powder coated 4 gallons capacity reservoir with extended foot reaction bar
` Multi-positional 24 inches length operating lever with retaining washer and bolt
` Optional 4 inches diameter hydraulic pressure gauges with fixing kit
` Standard 10 feet length hose with swivel end fittings available as optional extra
` Suitable for use with hydraulic mineral oil; demineralized, distilled and 'filtered mains supplied'
` For use with other fluids, consult Hi-Force as special seals may be required
27.67"
16.53"
13.47"
8.27"
7.28"
Model Displacement per stroke (in3)

Working Changeover Outlet *Weight with
number
pressure (psi) 1st stage 2nd stage pressure (psi) port reservoir (lbs)
(with reservoir)
MHX100 1450 3.05 1.34 725 3

⁄8” NPT 44.1
MHX300 4350 3.05 0.49 725 3
⁄8” NPT 44.1
MHX500 7250 3.05 0.24 725 3
⁄8” NPT 44.1
MHX700 10150 3.05 0.18 725 3
⁄8” NPT 44.1
MHX1000 14500 3.05 0.12 725 3
⁄8” BSP 44.1
*Weight excluding fluid
ACCESSORIES
PRESSURE GAUGES Model number Pressure range (psi)
MHX100GK 1600
MHX300GK 4500
MHX500GK 8000
MHX700GK 10000
MHX1000GK 14500
HOSES
Model number Max WP (psi) Length (ft) Weight (lbs) End fitting For model number
HH3-6NMS-1 up to 4350 10 1.8 3

⁄8” NPT Male Swivel MHX100 & MHX300
HH3-6NMS-2 up to 10000 10 2.0 3
⁄8” NPT Male Swivel MHX500 & MHX700
HH3-6NMS-3 14500 10 3.3 3
⁄8” BSP Male Swivel MHX1000

MHP-PU RANGE HYDROTEST PUMPS
MHX-PU | MANUALLY OPERATED HYDROTEST PUMP UNITS
Maximum output pressures up to 14500 psi
Two stage displacement with manual

T-Handle changeover plunger
` Supplied as pump unit and operating lever only, reservoir not included
` Includes four bolt fixing kit with gasket for easy mounting on fluid reservoir
` All other features are as specified for the MHX pumps
G
F
E
I
H A
B C
D J
Model Valve Displacement per stroke (in3)

Working Changeover Outlet Suction Weight
number type
pressure (psi) 1st stage 2nd stage pressure (psi) port port (lbs)
(pump only)
MHX100PU 1450 2-way 3.05 1.34 725 3

⁄8” NPT 3
⁄8” NPT 11
MHX300PU 4350 2-way 3.05 0.49 725 3
⁄8” NPT 3
⁄8” NPT 11
MHX500PU 7250 2-way 3.05 0.24 725 3
⁄8” NPT 3
⁄8” NPT 11
MHX700PU 10150 2-way 3.05 0.18 725 3
⁄8” NPT 3
⁄8” NPT 11
MHX1000PU 14500 2-way 3.05 0.12 725 3
⁄8” BSP 3
⁄8” NPT 11

number A B C D E F G H I J
All models 7.09 3.74 2.82 1.38 1.81 2.72 29.94 4.14 6.97 4 x M8
RESERVOIR
MHR15 4 gallons standard reservoir

AHP RANGE
HYDROTEST PUMPS
AHP | AIR DRIVEN HYDROTEST PUMPS - STANDARD FLOW
Output pressures up to 42500 psi
Suitable for use with various fluids
6 inches dual scale vibra pressure gauge
` Infinitely variable output pressure and fluid displacement speed

` Integral inlet air filtration and lubrication
unit with air pressure gauge 17.73" 15.56"
` Airline regulator for easy setting of input
air and output hydraulic pressure
` Maximum air consumption of 28 scfm
(0.79 m3) per minute at 100 psi
15.56"
` Smooth and easily operated hydraulic
pressure hold and release valve
` Fitted with input air pump start/stop valve
for easy and fast pressure shut off
` Robust powder coated stainless steel protective framework
` Lightweight plastic, 2 gallons capacity, fluid reservoir
` Optional stainless steel reservoir, stroke counter system
and pressure isolation valve available on request
Max output pressure (psi) at airline input pressure Fluid volume

Model Outlet Weight
10 psi 50 psi 100 psi displacement
number per stroke (in3) port thread (lbs)
0.69 bar 3.45 bar 6.9 bar
AHP10 87 493 1000 2.58 ½” NPT 50.7

AHP26 203 1305 2625 0.98 ½” NPT 46.3
AHP36 247 1769 3625 0.75 ½” NPT 44.1
AHP58 406 2900 5800 0.46 ½” NPT 44.1
AHP107 899 5409 10701 0.24 ½” NPT 44.1
AHP187 1407 9251 18749 0.13 9
⁄16”-18 UNF 44.1
AHP275 2248 13500 27507 0.1 9
⁄16”-18 UNF 44.1
AHP425 5503 20996 42500 0.06 9
⁄16”-18 UNF 44.1
Hydraulic pressure Approximate rate of discharge (gallons/min) at air input pressure 100 psi (7 bar)
psi bar AHP10 AHP26 AHP36 AHP58 AHP107 AHP187 AHP275 AHP425
0 0 6.1 2.32 1.58 0.94 0.52 0.3 0.19 0.11
500 35 3.17 1.54 1.16 0.81 0.4 0.28 0.18 0.11
1000 69 * 1.25 1 0.66 0.34 0.26 0.17 0.1
1500 104 * 1.03 0.88 0.63 0.33 0.24 0.16 0.1
2000 138 * 0.79 0.79 0.59 0.32 0.21 0.15 0.09
2500 173 * 0.32 0.68 0.54 0.31 0.2 0.13 0.09
3000 207 * * 0.51 0.49 0.31 0.19 0.13 0.08
4000 276 * * * 0.41 0.27 0.18 0.12 0.08
5000 345 * * * 0.27 0.25 0.18 0.11 0.07
7500 517 * * * * 0.2 0.16 0.11 0.07
10000 690 * * * * 0.12 0.14 0.1 0.06
15000 1034 * * * * * 0.1 0.09 0.06
20000 1379 * * * * * * 0.08 0.05
25000 1724 * * * * * * 0.06 0.04
30000 2069 * * * * * * * 0.03
40000 2760 * * * * * * * 0.01
* Pressure exceeds pump capacity

AHP-CR RANGE HYDROTEST PUMPS
AHP-CR | AIR DRIVEN HYDROTEST PUMPS - STANDARD FLOW WITH CHART RECORDER
` Fitted with integral single pen chart recorder with isolation valve
` Supplied with 50 recorder charts and
one black chart recorder pen
` Infinitely variable output pressure and fluid displacement speed 20.88" 15.37"
unit with air pressure gauge
15.37"
Max output pressure (psi) at airline input pressure Fluid volume Outlet Weight
Model displacement
10 psi 50 psi 100 psi port thread (lbs)
number 0.69 bar 3.45 bar 6.9 bar per stroke (in3)
AHP10-CR 87 493 1000 2.58 ½” NPT 68.3
AHP26-CR 203 1305 2625 0.98 ½” NPT 63.9
AHP36-CR 247 1769 3625 0.75 ½” NPT 61.7
AHP58-CR 406 2900 5800 0.46 ½” NPT 61.7
AHP107-CR 899 5409 10701 0.24 ½” NPT 61.7
AHP187-CR 1407 9251 18749 0.13 9
⁄16” -18 UNF 61.7
AHP275-CR 2248 13500 27507 0.1 9
⁄16” -18 UNF 61.7
AHP425-CR 5503 20996 42500 0.06 9
⁄16” -18 UNF 61.7
psi bar AHP10-CR AHP26-CR AHP36-CR AHP58-CR AHP107-CR AHP187-CR AHP275-CR AHP425-CR
0 0 6.1 2.32 1.58 0.94 0.52 0.3 0.19 0.11
500 35 3.17 1.54 1.16 0.81 0.4 0.28 0.18 0.11
1000 69 * 1.25 1 0.66 0.34 0.26 0.17 0.1
1500 104 * 1.03 0.88 0.63 0.33 0.24 0.16 0.1
2000 138 * 0.79 0.79 0.59 0.32 0.21 0.15 0.09
2500 173 * 0.32 0.68 0.54 0.31 0.2 0.13 0.09
3000 207 * * 0.51 0.49 0.31 0.19 0.13 0.08
4000 276 * * * 0.41 0.27 0.18 0.12 0.08
5000 345 * * * 0.27 0.25 0.18 0.11 0.07
7500 517 * * * * 0.2 0.16 0.11 0.07
10000 690 * * * * 0.12 0.14 0.1 0.06
15000 1034 * * * * * 0.1 0.08 0.06
20000 1379 * * * * * * 0.06 0.05
25000 1724 * * * * * * 0.21 0.04
30000 2069 * * * * * * * 0.03
40000 2760 * * * * * * * 0.01

AHP2 RANGE HYDROTEST PUMPS
AHP2 | AIR DRIVEN HYDROTEST PUMPS - MEDIUM FLOW

17.73" 15.37"
18.32"
Max output pressure (psi) at airline input pressure Fluid volume

Model Outlet Weight
10 psi 50 psi 100 psi displacement
number port thread (lbs)
0.69 bar 3.45 bar 6.9 bar per stroke (in3)
AHP2-036 249 1799 3600 2.49 ½” NPT 52.9

AHP2-060 450 2899 6000 1.5 ½” NPT 52.9
AHP2-097 750 4749 9700 0.93 ½” NPT 52.9
AHP2-144 1099 7098 14400 0.62 ½” NPT 52.9
AHP2-237 1900 11597 23700 0.37 9
⁄16” -18 UNF 52.9
psi bar AHP2-036 AHP2-060 AHP2-097 AHP2-144 AHP2-237
0 0 2.69 1.64 1.03 0.71 0.41
500 35 2.27 1.45 0.94 0.66 0.4
1000 69 1.91 1.27 0.84 0.62 0.39
1500 104 1.62 1.19 0.79 0.57 0.37
2000 138 1.43 1.11 0.76 0.57 0.36
3000 207 0.81 0.92 0.67 0.5 0.34
4000 276 * 0.73 0.6 0.46 0.32
5000 345 * 0.57 0.55 0.43 0.32
7500 517 * * 0.38 0.36 0.29
10000 690 * * * 0.3 0.26
15000 1034 * * * * 0.21
20000 1379 * * * * 0.13
23700 1634 * * * * 0.09

AHP2-CR RANGE HYDROTEST PUMPS
AHP2-CR | AIR DRIVEN HYDROTEST PUMPS - MEDIUM FLOW WITH CHART RECORDER
` Fitted with integral single pen chart recorder with isolation valve
` Supplied with 50 recorder charts and
one black chart recorder pen
21.87" 15.37"
18.32"
Max output pressure (psi) at airline input pressure Fluid volume Outlet
Model Weight
10 psi 50 psi 100 psi displacement port
number (lbs)
0.69 bar 3.45 bar 6.9 bar per stroke (in3) thread
AHP2-036CR 249 1799 3600 2.49 ½” NPT 70.5

AHP2-060CR 450 2899 6000 1.5 ½” NPT 70.5
AHP2-097CR 750 4749 9700 0.93 ½” NPT 70.5
AHP2-144CR 1099 7098 1440 0.62 ½” NPT 70.5
AHP2-237CR 1900 11597 23700 0.37 9
⁄16” -18 UNF 70.5
psi bar AHP2-036CR AHP2-060CR AHP2-097CR AHP2-144CR AHP2-237CR
0 0 2.69 1.64 1.03 0.71 0.41
500 35 2.27 1.45 0.94 0.66 0.4
1000 69 1.91 1.24 0.84 0.62 0.39
1500 104 1.62 1.19 0.79 0.57 0.37
2000 138 1.43 1.11 0.76 0.57 0.36
3000 207 0.81 0.92 0.67 0.5 0.34
4000 276 * 0.73 0.6 0.46 0.32
5000 345 * 0.57 0.55 0.43 0.32
7500 517 * * 0.38 0.36 0.29
10000 690 * * * 0.3 0.26
15000 1034 * * * * 0.21
20000 1379 * * * * 0.13
23700 1634 * * * * 0.09

ATDP RANGE HYDROTEST PUMPS
ATDP | AIR DRIVEN TWIN DOUBLE ACTING HYDROTEST PUMPS

` Airline regulator for easy setting of input 30.14" 22.46"
(6 m3) per minute at 100 psi
` Fluid inlet port of 1 ¼” BSPF with integral Y-type fluid strainer
27.58"

` Optional stroke counter system, chart recorder and
isolation section for chemical duty available on request
Max output pressure (psi) at airline input pressure Fluid volume Outlet
Model Weight
20 psi 60 psi 100 psi displacement port
number (lbs)
1.38 bar 4.14 bar 6.9 bar per stroke (in3) thread
ATDP63 1260 3770 6300 16.78 ½” NPT 211.6

ATDP125 2494 7497 12500 8.54 ½” NPT 211.6
ATDP216 4321 12963 21600 4.82 1 ⁄8”-12 UNF
1
211.6
psi bar ATDP63 ATDP125 ATDP216
0 0 8.5 4.46 2.51

1000 69 6.78 3.7 2.32
2000 138 5.41 3.25 2.11
3000 207 4.28 2.8 1.95
4000 276 3.3 2.48 1.82
5000 345 2.11 2.19 1.69
6000 414 0.74 1.93 1.61
8000 552 * 1.27 1.45
10000 690 * 0.79 1.29
12000 828 * 0.11 1.14
16000 1103 * * 0.84
20000 1379 * * 0.42

HYDROTEST PUMP ACCESSORIES
HYDROTEST PUMPS
HYDROTEST PUMP ACCESSORIES
SPARE RECORDER CHARTS

Pack of 100 spare charts, diameter 6.5 inches, 4-hour time scale
Suitable for hydrotest

Model number Chart reading (psi)
pump unit
AHP-C01 0 - 1500 AHP10-CR
AHP-C03 0 - 3000 AHP26-CR
AHP36-CR
AHP-C05 0 - 5000
AHP2-036CR
AHP58-CR
AHP-C10 0 - 10000
AHP2-060CR
AHP107-CR
AHP-C15 0 - 15000
AHP2-097CR
AHP187-CR
AHP-C20 0 - 20000
AHP2-144CR
AHP275-CR
AHP-C30 0 - 30000
AHP2-237CR
AHP-C45 0 - 45000 AHP425-CR
REPLACEMENT PEN FOR CHART RECORDER
Model number Colour Description
Suitable for pressure

recording on all
AHP-PB Black
Hi-Force AHP pumps
with chart recorder

HI-FORCE HYDRAULIC PULLER KITS
The Hi-Force range, of hydraulic puller kits, comprises

of self-contained and remote operation, manually
operated, 2 and 3-way jaw type pullers, with or
without auto-center option, bearing pullers, bearing
cup pullers and cross head pullers. The range offers
pulling capacities up to 55 tons, in the manually
operated versions, plus from 83 to 242 tons, powered
trolley mounted, heavy duty 2 and 3-way pullers. All
components are manufactured from high strength
alloy and drop forged steel.
Additionally, within this section of the catalog Hi-Force

also offers hydraulic pin and bush puller and instalment
tool kits, ideally suited for use on heavy duty trucks,
earth moving equipment and crane and jib arm lifting
equipment, the range offers capacities up to 55 tons,
at 10000 psi maximum working pressure.

PULLER KITS
SCP RANGE 138

Self-contained hydraulic pullers
ACP RANGE 139

Auto-center hydraulic puller kits
PKS RANGE 140

Hydraulic 2 and 3-way puller kits
PKC RANGE 141

Comprehensive hydraulic puller kits
SPP RANGE 142

Heavy duty hydraulic pullers
HBR RANGE 144

Spring eye bush replacement tool kit
HPR RANGE 145

Pin & bush replacement tool kits
PULLER KITS

SCP RANGE PULLER KITS
SCP | SELF-CONTAINED HYDRAULIC PULLERS
Self-contained hydraulic system
Operates in any position
` Available in 3-jaw configuration only

` Integrated hydraulic cylinder, pump and puller assembly for easy operation
` Ergonomic 360° rotating handle for easy positioning during use
` Incorporates safety valve to minimize the risk of puller overload
` Spring-loaded center point for easy centering of the puller to the shaft
` Supplied complete with piston rod extension piece and storage case
D B
Hydraulic Piston rod Dimensions (in)

Model Capacity Type of stroke Weight
extension
number (tons) puller (in) (lbs) A B (min) B (max) C D
(in)
SCP103 11 3-way jaw 3.23 1.97 25.6 7.68 1.18 12.21 0.87 0.24
SCP203 22 3-way jaw 3.23 3.94 52.2 10.84 1.97 16.94 1.14 0.39
SCP303 33.1 3-way jaw 4.33 5.91 110.2 15.96 3.94 24.03 1.5 1.42

ACP RANGE PULLER KITS
ACP | AUTO-CENTER HYDRAULIC PULLER KITS
Quick set-up time, easy to use
High quality, drop forged steel components
` Self-centering design allows secure positioning of jaws

` Incorporates safety overload prevention valve within hydraulic pump
` Detachable hydraulic system, with hollow bore cylinder, for use in other applications
` Supplied as a complete set with all necessary hydraulic components in handy storage case
` Model ACP10 offers choice of either 2-way or 3-way puller operation
Model Capacity Type of Cylinder Pump Weight Dimensions (in)

number (tons) puller model model (lbs) A B (min) B (max)
ACP10 11 2 & 3-way jaw HHS102 HP110 54.0 11.66 1.97 13.79
ACP20 22 3-way jaw HHS202 HP110 97.0 12.61 2.76 18.91
ACP30 33 3-way jaw HHS302 HP110 168.7 16.04 3.55 22.85
ACP50 55 3-way jaw HHS603 HP227 399.0 28.64 4.73 36.25

PKS RANGE PULLER KITS
PKS | HYDRAULIC 2 & 3 WAY PULLER KITS
Quick set-up time, easy to use
` Available in choice of 2 or 3-way puller configurations with 5

ton and 11 ton models offering a combination of both options
` Incorporates safety overload prevention
valve within hydraulic pump
` Detachable hydraulic system with hollow bore
cylinder for use in other applications (excluding 5 ton
model which has solid piston design cylinder) A
` Supplied as a complete set with all necessary A
hydraulic components in handy storage case
B
B
Note: Dimensions calculated with 15° outward angled puller

legs.
Model Capacity Type of Cylinder Pump Weight Dimensions (in)

number (tons) puller model model (lbs) A B (min) B (max)
PKS5-2-3 5 2 & 3-way jaw HSS53 HP110 29.5 8.87 * 9.46
PKS10-2-3 11 2 & 3-way jaw HHS102 HP110 45.9 11.66 1.97 13.79
PKS20-2 22 2-way jaw HHS202 HP110 67.9 12.61 2.76 18.91
PKS20-3 22 3-way jaw HHS202 HP110 78.7 12.61 2.76 18.91
PKS30-2 33 2-way jaw HHS302 HP110 98.8 16.04 3.55 22.85
PKS30-3 33 3-way jaw HHS302 HP110 119.9 16.04 3.55 22.85
PKS50-2 55 2-way jaw HHS603 HP227 218.3 28.64 4.73 36.25
PKS50-3 55 3-way jaw HHS603 HP227 268.3 28.64 4.73 36.25
PK202 22 2-way jaw beam * * 6.6 * * *
PK302 33 2-way jaw beam * * 8.8 * * *
PK502 55 2-way jaw beam * * 15.4 * * *
Note: PK202, PK302 & PK502 are 2-way jaw beam only for modifying applicable capacity 3-way jaw pullers to 2-way jaw operation.

PKC RANGE PULLER KITS
PKC | COMPREHENSIVE HYDRAULIC PULLER KITS
Combination of 4 different pullers in one set
` Multi-purpose puller kit comprising of grip puller, bearing puller, bearing cup puller and cross head puller
` Choice of 2-way or 3-way jaw pulling options
` Incorporates safety overload prevention valve within hydraulic pump
` Detachable hydraulic system with hollow bore cylinder for use in other applications
` Supplied as a complete set with all necessary hydraulic components in handy storage case
A
A D
H
B B
C
G
Dimensions (in)
Model Capacity Cylinder Pump Weight
A B B C C D E F F G G H
number (tons) model model (lbs)
(min) (max) (min) (max) (min) (max) (min) (max)
PKC10 11 HHS102 HP110 72.3 11.66 1.97 13.79 4.53 10.24 11.82 4.33 0.39 4.33 1.58 5.71 4.53
PKC20 22 HHS202 HP110 130.7 12.61 2.76 18.91 5.32 13.59 10.44 5.99 0.43 5.28 1.58 5.71 4.53
PKC30 33.1 HHS302 HP110 257.9 16.04 3.55 22.85 7.09 17.34 11.19 10.24 0.59 9.85 2.36 9.46 5.91
PKC50 55.1 HHS603 HP227 518.1 28.64 4.73 36.25 9.06 22.85 17.61 10.24 0.67 10.05 2.36 9.46 5.91
Note: Dimensions A & B calculated with 15° outward angled puller legs

SPP RANGE PULLER KITS
SPP | HEAVY DUTY HYDRAULIC PULLERS
Wireless remote controlled operation
Power driven trolley with wheel lock function
` Combination 2-way and 3-way jaw puller

` Twin vertical support posts for increased stability & puller jaw height adjustment
` Self-centering,180˚ rotating pulling jaws offer added versatility during positioning
` Anti-slip mechanism fitted to puller jaws for increased safety
` Powered by standard HEP2 series electric driven hydraulic pump
Model Capacity Motor Stroke Weight Reach (in) Spread (in) Dimensions (in)
number (tons) voltage (in) (lbs) min max min max Length Width Height
Puller with 50 Hz motor
SPP7515 83 110/115V 6.5 1455.0 19.31 27.58 4.33 48.07 86.68 47.28 63.63
SPP7525 83 220/240V 6.5 1455.0 19.31 27.58 4.33 48.07 86.68 47.28 63.63
SPP7545 83 380/440V 6.5 1455.0 19.31 27.58 4.33 48.07 86.68 47.28 63.63
SPP12015 132 110/115V 6.7 1957.7 35.46 43.34 5.91 48.07 94.95 47.28 63.43
SPP12025 132 220/240V 6.7 1957.7 35.46 43.34 5.91 48.07 94.95 47.28 63.43
SPP12045 132 380/440V 6.7 1957.7 35.46 43.34 5.91 48.07 94.95 47.28 63.43
SPP22015 242 110/115V 6.7 2866.0 35.46 43.34 5.91 48.07 97.32 50.04 64.22
SPP22025 242 220/240V 6.7 2866.0 35.46 43.34 5.91 48.07 97.32 50.04 64.22
SPP22045 242 380/440V 6.7 2866.0 35.46 43.34 5.91 48.07 97.32 50.04 64.22
Puller with 60 Hz motor
SPP7516 83 110/115V 6.5 1455.0 19.31 27.58 4.33 48.07 86.68 47.28 63.63
SPP7526 83 220/240V 6.5 1455.0 19.31 27.58 4.33 48.07 86.68 47.28 63.63
SPP7546 83 380/440V 6.5 1455.0 19.31 27.58 4.33 48.07 86.68 47.28 63.63
SPP12016 132 110/115V 6.7 1957.7 35.46 43.34 5.91 48.07 94.95 47.28 63.43
SPP12026 132 220/240V 6.7 1957.7 35.46 43.34 5.91 48.07 94.95 47.28 63.43
SPP12046 132 380/440V 6.7 1957.7 35.46 43.34 5.91 48.07 94.95 47.28 63.43
SPP22016 242 110/115V 6.7 2866.0 35.46 43.34 5.91 48.07 97.32 50.04 64.22
SPP22026 242 220/240V 6.7 2866.0 35.46 43.34 5.91 48.07 97.32 50.04 64.22
SPP22046 242 380/440V 6.7 2866.0 35.46 43.34 5.91 48.07 97.32 50.04 64.22

PULLER KITS
SPP | HEAVY DUTY HYDRAULIC PULLERS
Hydraulic system powered by

HEP2 series pump
Self-centering puller jaws with anti-slip

mechanism

HBR RANGE PULLER KITS
HBR | SPRING EYE BUSH REPLACEMENT TOOL KIT
Powerful 20 tons output capacity
Lightweight and compact design
` Choice of manual or air driven hydraulic pump

` Kit includes a lightweight aluminum alloy hollow bore cylinder
` Supplied complete with wide range of standard tooling accessories
` Handy storage and transportation box included with each kit
Model Capacity Stroke Base Threaded Pull Weight

Cylinder Pump Hose Dolleys
number (tons) (in) plate rods sleeves (lbs)
HBR-1 20 2.01 HHA182 n/a n/a 1 3 5 2 59.5
HBR-1H 20 2.01 HHA182 HP212 HC2 1 3 5 2 72.8
HBR-1A 20 2.01 HHA182 AHP1120 HC2 1 3 5 2 77.2
Note: Model HBR-1 does not include pump and hose assembly.
PUMP OPTIONS
The HBR-1 hydraulic spring eye bush replacement tool kit can be operated by either
the AHP1120 air driven foot pump or the HP212 lighweight aluminum hand pump.

HPR RANGE PULLER KITS
HPR | PIN & BUSH REPLACEMENT TOOL KITS
Capacities up to 55 tons
Lightweight and compact design
` Choice of manual or air driven hydraulic pump

` Kit includes a lightweight aluminum alloy hollow bore cylinder
` Supplied complete with wide range of standard tooling accessories
` Handy storage and transportation box included with each kit
Model Capacity Stroke Base Threaded Pull Reducer Weight

Cylinder Pump Hose Adaptors
number (tons) (in) plate rods sleeves sleeves (lbs)
HPR-1 41 2.01 HHA372 n/a n/a 1 1 2 2 1 83.8
HPR-1H 41 2.01 HHA372 HP212 HC2 1 1 2 2 1 97.0
HPR-1A 41 2.01 HHA372 AHP1120 HC2 1 1 2 2 1 101.4
HPR-2 55 4.1 HHA504 n/a n/a 2 1 4 1 1 145.5
HPR-2H 55 4.1 HHA504 HP212 HC2 2 1 4 1 1 158.7
HPR-2A 55 4.1 HHA504 AHP1120 HC2 2 1 4 1 1 163.1
Note: Model numbers HPR-1 and HPR-2 do not include pump and hose assembly.
PUMP OPTIONS
The HPR hydraulic pin and bush replacement tool kits can be operated by either
the AHP1120 air driven foot pump or the HP212 lighweight aluminum hand pump.

HI-FORCE CRIMPERS AND CUTTERS
Hi-Force hydraulic cable crimping tools are designed

and manufactured for crimping un-insulated
compression and mechanical connectors, in copper
and aluminum, to a wide range of electrical power
cables including distribution and transmission lines.
Offering a choice of self-contained operation with
inbuilt manually operated hydraulic pump mechanism,
separate remote operation crimping head for use with
a separate hydraulic pump and hose assembly, or
battery operated which offers all the versatility of our
self-contained and manually operated tools but, with
the added speed and ease of use associated with a
battery powered tool.
The Hi-Force hydraulic crimping tools range offers

the most optimum choice to suit the widest range
of electrical cable crimping applications. All models
are designed and manufactured for use at 10000
psi maximum working pressure, supplied complete
with all applicable die sets, compatible for use with
the selected tool and include a convenient carrying
and storage case. Self-contained manually operated
and battery powered crimper tools are fitted with an
automatic pump pressure relief valve, which activates
and releases the hydraulic pressure immediately,
once the compression (crimping) process has been
successfully achieved. All remote operation crimper
heads must be operated with a compatible Hi-Force
10000 psi hydraulic pump unit, fitted with an inbuilt
pump safety overload, pressure relief valve, 10000 psi
pressure gauge and 10000 psi rated hydraulic hose
assembly.

CRIMPERS & CUTTERS
CH RANGE 148
Cable crimping heads
SC RANGE 149
Self-contained cable crimping tools
BC RANGE 150
Battery operated cable crimping tools
BC ACCESSORIES 151
Accessories for battery operated cable crimping tools
HCH RANGE 152

Cutter heads
CT RANGE 153
Self-contained cutters
HWC RANGE 154

Hammer blow, wire rope and cable cutters
HSWC RANGE 155

Self-contained wire rope cutters
HWRC RANGE 156

Double acting wire rope cutters
HCC RANGE 157

Chain cutters
CRIMPERS & CUTTERS

CH RANGE
CRIMPERS & CUTTERS
CH | CABLE CRIMPING HEADS
180 degree rotating head for easy fitment
` Open ‘C’ jaw or parallel guide design CH21 CH32/CH63

` 180˚ rotating head for easy access in confined spaces C
` Fitted with quick connect coupling for easy H
G
connection to 10000 psi rated hydraulic pump BC
` Supplied with standard die sets and carrying case BE F
` Suitable foot operated pump A
assembly detailed on page 32 A
` Model CH21 is suitable for crimping B
non-insulated terminals up to 240 mm² CH30/CH40/CH80 CH1000N D
` Models CH30, CH32 & CH40 are suitable for
crimping connectors up to 400 mm² D C
` Models CH63 & CH80 are suitable for
A
crimping connectors up to 630 mm² E
C
` Model CH1000N is suitable for crimping distribution B G
and transmission lines up to 1000 mm²
A
Crimping heads complete with die sets:
Model Output C-Jaw Applicable range Length Weight Dimensions (in)

Standard dies (mm2)
number (tons) opening DIN (mm2) (in) (lbs) A B C D E F G H
With die (4pcs) 16-25, 35-70, 70-185, 240

CH21 11 not applicable 16-240 8.27 6.6 10.95 3.47 1.1 - - - - -
Female die (1pc) 25-35, 50-70, 95-120, 150-185, 240
CH30 13 1.18 in 35-400 With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185, 240, 300, 400 8.67 8.8 11.58 4.14 1.69 2.68 - - - -
With die (4pcs) 16, 25-35, 50-120, 150-400
CH32 20 not applicable 16-400 Female die (8pcs) 16-25, 35-70, 95-120, 150, 185, 8.27 7.9 11.19 3.07 1.97 - 2.09 1.69 2.48 3.78
240, 300, 400
CH40 13 1.65 in 35-400 With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185, 240, 300, 400 9.65 10.6 12.84 4.45 1.69 2.92 - - - -
CH63 20 not applicable 35-630 With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185, 240, 300, 400, 500, 630 9.46 10.6 12.57 3.07 1.97 - 1.93 - 6.42 -
CH80 16 1.97 in 35-630 With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185, 240, 300, 400, 500, 630 11.82 15.4 14.58 4.18 2.48 2.48 - - - -
CH1000N 66 not applicable 500-1000 With die 500, 630, 800, 1000 16.55 67.7 15.56 8.27 3.55 6.7 3.23 - 9.26 -
Complete set:

CHP21 Comprehensive kit, comprising of crimper head CH21, manually operated foot pump HP227FPC and steel box CSB1
Note: Models CH21 & CH32 are supplied with single indent dies, all other models are supplied with hexagonal dies. Please refer to page 151 for the mm2 to AWG/mcm conversions.
OPTIONAL DIE SETS

CD10 Die set 10 mm2, suitable for crimping tool CH30, CH40 & CH63

SC RANGE
CRIMPERS & CUTTERS
SC | SELF-CONTAINED CABLE CRIMPING TOOLS
Supplied complete with die set
Choice of open jaw or parallel guide design
` 180° rotating head standard on all open jaw design models

` Incorporates an integral hydraulic pump for easy operation
` Automatic pump pressure release valve for correct pre-set crimping force
` Ergonomic grip handles for reduced operator effort and ease of use
` Supplied with standard die sets and carrying case
` Model SC18X is suitable for crimping non-insulated terminals up to 185 mm²
` Model SC21 is suitable for crimping connectors up to 240 mm²
` Models SC30, SC32 & SC40 are suitable for crimping connectors up to 400 mm²
` Model SC60 is suitable for crimping non-insulated terminals up to 630 mm²
SC21 SC30, SC40 SC32, SC60 SC18X
E F E F E EF
G
H G
B
B B B
C C D C
C
A A A A
Model Output C-Jaw Applicable range Length Weight Dimensions (in)

Standard dies (mm2)
number (tons) opening DIN (mm2) (in) (lbs) A B C D E F G H
not
SC18X 7 10-185 With die 10-16, 25-35, 50-70, 95-120, 150, 185 14.58 4.4 14.97 5.59 2.76 - 0.83 0.63 3.39 -
applicable
With die (4pcs) 16-25, 35-70, 70-185, 240

not
SC21 11 25-240 Female die (1pc) 25-35, 50-70, 95-120, 20.8 11.5 20.49 4.81 3.39 - 2.25 1.06 - -
applicable
150-185, 240
With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185, 240,
SC30 13 1.18 in 35-400 24.03 13.9 23.72 6.54 4.57 - 2.68 1.69 - -
300, 400
With die (4pcs) 16, 25-35, 50-120, 150-400

not
SC32 20 16-400 Female die (8pcs) 16-25, 35-70, 95-120, 25.61 13.7 26.79 5.4 4.57 2.05 1.97 - 5.04 2.48
applicable
150, 185, 240, 300, 400
With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185, 240,
SC40 13 1.65 in 35-400 25.06 17.0 24.82 6.54 4.45 - 2.92 1.89 - -
300, 400
not With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185, 240,
SC60 20 35-630 25.61 14.3 27.19 5.52 4.57 2.05 1.97 - 6.42 -
applicable 300, 400, 500, 630
Note: Models SC21 & SC32 are supplied with single indent dies, all other models are supplied with hexagonal dies. Please refer to page 151 for the mm2 to AWG/
mcm conversions.
OPTIONAL DIE SETS
CD10 Die set 10 mm , suitable for crimping tool SC30, SC40 & SC60
2
CD16 Die set 16 mm2, suitable for crimping tool SC30, SC40 & SC60
CD25 Die set 25 mm2, suitable for crimping tool SC30, SC40 & SC60

BC RANGE
CRIMPERS & CUTTERS
BC | BATTERY OPERATED CABLE CRIMPING TOOLS
Fast self-contained battery powered tools
Supplied complete with standard set of dies
Lightweight and easy to operate
` Open jaw design with rotating head (excl. BC18X & BC63)
` Fast and quiet operation with no vibration
` Built in automatic pump pressure release valve
` Low battery power warning light
` Supplied complete with battery, charger,
carrying strap and storage case B
Model Output C-Jaw Applicable range Weight Dimensions (in)

DIN (mm2) Standard dies (mm2)
number (tons) opening (lbs) A B C
not
BC18X 8 10-185 With die 10-16, 25-35, 50-70, 95-120, 150, 185 8.4 14.58 11.03 2.76
applicable
BC30 13 1.18 in 35-400 With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185, 240, 300, 400 13.0 15.76 11.03 2.76
BC40 13 1.5 in 35-400 With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185, 240, 300, 400 15.9 16.94 10.64 2.76
not With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185, 240, 300, 400,
BC63 20 35-630 15.2 16.55 12.61 2.96
applicable 500, 630
OPTIONAL DIE SETS
CD10 Die set 10 mm2, suitable for crimping tool BC30, BC40 & BC63
Note: Please refer to page 151 for the mm2 to AWG/mcm conversions

BC ACCESSORIES CRIMPERS & CUTTERS
BC | ACCESSORIES
CCU144 BP12
Model number Description Model number Description
CCU144 14.4V Vehicle power socket charger unit BP12 Battery pack 14.4V
Note: Charger supplied separately
MP220 CU12
Model number Description Model number Description
Power supply to operate unit directly from mains CU12 Mains charger 110V-230V
MP110 110V
MP220 220/230V
CONVERSION TABLE
The metric die sets supplied with Hi-Force hydraulic crimpers are suitable for crimping non-insulated connectors and
terminals to DIN standards only. The standard metric wire sizes do not correspond exactly to AWG/mcm standards.
The illustration below provides a cross reference of closest equivalents of metric and AWG/mcm sizes.

HCH RANGE CRIMPERS & CUTTERS
HCH | HYDRAULIC CUTTER HEADS
Single acting spring assisted return design
` High quality tool steel cutting blades C

` Fitted with quick connect coupling for easy
connection to hydraulic pump & hose A
` Suitable for cutting copper, aluminum and telephone cables
` Carrying handle fitted as standard on HCH120 model
D
B
Dimensions (in)
Model number Cutting force (tons) Weight (lbs)
A B C D
HCH40 8 6.2 2.36 3.98 13 -
HCH120 14 33.1 3.15 7.01 27.66 9.77
Maximum diameter cutting capacity (in)

Material Description
HCH40 HCH120
6 x 7 Hempcore 0.79 -
Steel Wire Rope 6 x 12 Hempcore 0.99 -
6 x 19 Hempcore 0.99 -
Soft copper bar 0.99 -
Round Bar Soft aluminum bar 0.99 -
Soft steel bar (below SS41) 0.63 -
Bare copper strands 1.58 1.65
Wire Strands
Bare aluminum strands 1.58 1.81
Telephone cable CCP - 4.73
Cable
Armored underground cable 1.58 4.73
Note: The cable of XLPE armoured underground cable cannot contain ‘PVC cover’ and ‘steel wire’.
Replacement blades for HCH hydraulic cutter heads:

Blade part number Blade type For cutter
CT40-11 Moving HCH40
CT40-05 Static HCH40
HCH120-01 Moving HCH120
HCH120-02 Static HCH120

CT RANGE CRIMPERS & CUTTERS
CT | SELF-CONTAINED HYDRAULIC CUTTERS
Cutting capacity up to 1.58 inches diameter
Cuts a wide variety of materials
` High quality tool steel cutting blades D

` Incorporates an integral hydraulic pump for easy operation
` Ergonomic grip handles for reduced operator effort
` Suitable for cutting steel wire rope, round
bar, wire strands and cable
B
Dimensions (in)
Model number Cutting force (tons) Weight (lbs)
A B C D
CT20 7 6.2 15.37 5.71 2.99 1.58
CT40 8 13.2 22.06 6.11 4.06 2.56
Maximum diameter cutting capacity (in)

Material Description
CT20 CT40
6 x 7 Hempcore 0.63 0.79
Steel Wire Rope 6 x 12 Hempcore 0.79 0.99
6 x 19 Hempcore 0.79 0.99
Soft copper bar 0.79 0.99
Round Bar Soft aluminum bar 0.79 0.99
Soft steel bar (below SS41) 0.63 0.63
Bare copper strands 0.79 1.58
Wire Strands
Bare aluminum strands 0.79 1.58
Cable Armored underground cable 0.79 1.58
Replacement blades for CT self-contained cutter models:

CT20-04 Moving CT20
CT20-05 Static CT20
CT40-11 Moving CT40
CT40-05 Static CT40

HWC RANGE
CRIMPERS & CUTTERS
HWC | HAMMER BLOW WIRE ROPE AND CABLE CUTTERS
Highly cost efficient impact design
Cutting capacities up to 1.5 inches diameter
Portable and lightweight
` Manufactured from high quality, shock resistant ductile iron

` Heat treated, tool steel cutting blade, fully
contained within housing for increased safety
` Suitable for cutting wire ropes and electrical cables
A
C
E
Cutting capacity
Dimensions (in)
Model number Wire rope Ø Electric cable Weight (lbs)
mm2 A B C D E
in mcm*
HWC90 0.75 250 127 7.1 8.87 5.52 3.47 n/a n/a
HWC91 1.06 300 152 15.4 9.65 6.07 6.3 5.83 0.55
HWC92 1.5 750 380 28.7 11.23 7.68 7.68 6.46 0.71
*mcm = 1000 circular mils
Replacement blades for HWC hammer blow wire rope and cable cutters:
Blade part number For cutter
HWC90-105 HWC90
HWC91-125 HWC91
HWC92-135 HWC92

HSWC RANGE
CRIMPERS & CUTTERS
HSWC | SELF-CONTAINED HYDRAULIC WIRE ROPE CUTTERS
Strong rigid steel construction
Easy to use with minimum operator effort
` Self-contained design for applications

where no external power is available
` Open jaw design cutting head allows easy A B E
access for the material to be cut
` Heat treated, high quality tool steel blade D
` Ergonomic grip handle for low operator effort
` Smooth guillotine action reduces risk of blade jamming C
G
Cutting capacity Dimensions (in)

Model number Weight (lbs)
Wire rope Ø (in) A B C D E F G H
HSWC19 0.75 20.9 3.66 2.29 10.44 0.4 2.52 6.07 13.59 12.41
HSWC28 1.1 34.2 4.14 2.52 11.58 0.4 2.64 6.86 14.74 14.07
HSWC44 1.75 66.1 4.93 2.76 15.48 0.4 3.31 8 19.31 18.12
Replacement blades for HSWC self-contained wire rope cutters:
HSWC19-4 HSWC19
HSWC28-4 HSWC28
HSWC44-4 HSWC44

HWRC RANGE
CRIMPERS & CUTTERS
HWRC | DOUBLE ACTING WIRE ROPE CUTTERS
Double acting design
Smooth guillotine cutting action
` Features a double acting cylinder which

offers a faster and positive return
` High grade steel construction
` Open jaw design cutting head allows easy
access for the material to be cut
B
` Specially toughened high tensile steel blades and jaws
` Designed for cutting high tensile locked coil
wire ropes and solid steel bars
` Fitted with quick connect couplings for easy
connection to hydraulic pump and hoses
Model Output Cutting capacity (in) Oil capacity Dimensions (in)

Weight (lbs)
number (tons) Wire rope Ø Cable Reinforcing bar (in3) A B C
HWRC1115 40 1.5 1.5 0.79 21.35 66.1 15.76 6.11 10.64
HWRC1125 88 2.48 2.48 1.26 54.9 132.3 17.73 7.88 15.37
HWRC1136 88 3.55 3.55 1.26 73.23 154.3 20.29 7.88 15.37
HWRC1145 132 4.49 4.49 1.58 146.46 209.4 22.46 11.03 17.53
Replacement blades for HWRC wire rope cutter models:
111511 HWRC1115
112511 HWRC1125
113611 HWRC1136
114511 HWRC1145

HCC RANGE
CRIMPERS & CUTTERS
HCC | CHAIN CUTTERS
Smooth guillotine cutting action
` Single acting spring assisted return hydraulic piston

` High grade steel construction
` Swivel locking safety guard allows easy
access for material to be cut
` Specially toughened high tensile steel blades and jaws
` Fitted with overload protection valve for extra safety
` Includes quick connect hydraulic coupling B
for easy connection to pump and hose
` Designed for cutting grade 100 and 47 HRC high
tensile steel chains and reinforcing bars
C
Model Output Cutting capacity Maximum allowed Dimensions (in)

Oil capacity (in3) Weight (lbs)
number (tons) Ø (in) Chain grade Steel hardness A B C
HCC26-100 77 1.02 100 47 HRC 16.84 50.7 17.34 7.09 7.09
HCC34-100 110 1.34 100 47 HRC 30.01 88.2 16.15 18.12 9.85
HCC46-100 154 1.81 100 47 HRC 59.78 158.7 22.26 25.02 13.59
HCC50-100 160 1.97 100 47 HRC 67.1 169.8 22.26 25.02 14.18
Replacement blades for HCC chain cutter models:
HCC26-4M100 Moving HCC26-100
HCC26-4S100 Static HCC26-100

HI-FORCE SKATES
The Hi-Force range of skates are designed for

moving, installing and relocating heavy machinery
and equipment in a safe and cost effective way.
The range comprises of a choice of six different
designs, all manufactured to provide a flexible and
dependable solution for heavy load movement. All
models incorporate an endless hardened roller chain,
which revolves around the skate and ensures at least
four rollers remain in contact with the load bearing
surface, at all times to ensure smooth travel, even over
cracked concrete floors. Ideally suited for confined
space applications and heavy irregular shaped loads,
Hi-Force skates offer a more economical alternative,
for moving heavy loads, than most other lifting and
positioning devices.
With a range of accessories like turntables, stabilisers,

spacer bars and steering handles available, as well
as the option of bespoke designs, to customer exact
requirements, Hi-Force skates have all your heavy
equipment movements covered.
Typical applications for Hi-Force skates include bridge

building, oil rig installation, movement of transformers,
generators, turbines and heavy machinery.

SKATES
RKT RANGE 160

Roller skate kit - tricycle
RKF RANGE 161

Roller skate kits - quad
RSN RANGE 162

Multi-purpose skates
RSA RANGE 163

Heavy duty skates
RSG RANGE 164

Heavy duty skates with grooved guide - single roller
RSD RANGE 165

Heavy duty skates with grooved guide - double roller
SKATES

RKT RANGE SKATES
RKT | ROLLER SKATE KITS - TRICYCLE
Capacity 39 tons
Available as a complete kit
Endless hardened roller chain
` Low height design for increased stability and safety

` Heavy duty construction with minimal maintenance required
` Kit comprises of three skates with all necessary accessories
` Center front skate fitted with turntable for easy change of direction
` Twin rear skates supplied with tie bar for increased stability
Model Cap. per set Twin rollers Single rollers Height Turntable Handle length Weight
number (tons) (ø in) (ø in) (in) (ø in) (in) (lbs)
RKT35 39 1.18 0.95 4.33 9.85 34.67 149.9
METAL BOX Dimensions (in)

Length Width Height
24.03 12.21 6.5
Note: RKT kit is supplied in a metal storage case

RKF RANGE SKATES
RKF | ROLLER SKATE KITS - QUAD
Minimum turning circle 10 feet

` Kit comprises of four skates with all necessary accessories
` Includes two turntables for fitment to front steering skates
` Maximum recommended speed of movement of 16 feet per minute
Model Cap. per set Skates Turntables Levelling plates Link bars Handles Weight
number (tons) Qty: 4 Qty: 2 Qty: 2 Qty: 2 Qty: 2 (lbs)
RKF20 22 RSN10 RTT10 RLP10 RLB00 RPH00 105.8
Note: Each set carrying capacity is calculated taking into consideration that two roller skates are sufficient to support the full load.
Dimensions:
Model number Rollers (ø in) Total height (in) Turntable (ø in) Handle length (in)
RKF20 0.71 4.26 5.12 34.67
RKF30 0.95 4.61 5.12 34.67
RKF60 1.18 5.52 5.91 34.67
METAL BOX Dimensions (in)

Length Width Height
24.03 12.21 6.5
Note: RKF kit is supplied in a metal storage case

RSN RANGE SKATES
RSN | MULTI-PURPOSE SKATES
Full range of accessories available

` Turntables and levelling plates available for easy directional change
Drawings for models RSN10, RSN15 and RSN30 Drawings for models RSN60 and RSN80
A
G A
I B G I
B
K
J J
C C
H
F F
D E D E
Model Capacity Rollers in Rollers Weight Dimensions (in)

number (tons) contact total (lbs) A B C ØD E F G H I J K
RSN10 11 5 15 11.5 8.27 3.94 2.6 0.71 2.01 0.24 6.58 - 0.24 0.99 -
RSN15 16 4 13 16.1 8.67 4.45 2.96 0.95 2.36 0.39 7.09 - 0.24 0.99 -
RSN30 33 4 13 28.7 10.64 5.12 3.62 1.18 2.68 0.39 8.55 - 0.24 0.99 -
RSN60 66 4 13 70.5 14.97 6.62 5 1.65 2.99 0.63 1.42 1.89 0.39 1.58 0.59
RSN80 88 6 17 134.5 20.88 7.17 5.79 1.97 3.39 0.75 1.42 2.36 0.39 1.58 0.59
ACCESSORIES
Model number Description Diameter (in) Capacity (tons) Weight (lbs)
RTT10 Turntable 5.12 11 9.9
RLP10 Levelling plate n/a 11 8.2

RSA RANGE SKATES
RSA | HEAVY DUTY SKATES
Fitted with large load bearing top plate

` Drilled bolt holes (4 nr.) on all models up to 55 tons capacity
` Specially positioned bolt holes can be included as required
` Can be used as a conveyor in fixed position under the moving load
A C
K
I J
G
E
F
D B

number (tons) contact total (lbs) A B C ØD E F G H ØI J K
RSA15 16 5 15 19.6 8.27 3.94 6.9 0.71 2.01 0.24 0.51 2.99 0.55 5.52 2.96
RSA20 22 4 13 25.8 8.67 4.45 7.49 0.95 2.36 0.39 0.55 3.43 0.55 6.11 2.96
RSA40 44 4 13 42.5 10.64 5.12 8.27 1.18 2.68 0.39 0.55 4.1 0.71 6.9 3.74
RSA50 55 6 17 63.9 12.61 5.52 8.67 1.18 2.68 0.39 0.71 4.53 0.71 7.09 4.73
RSA65 72 4 13 112.4 14.97 6.62 10.64 1.65 2.99 0.75 0.75 5.71 0.87 8.67 5.52
RSA85 94 6 17 202.8 20.88 7.17 11.82 1.97 3.39 0.75 0.75 6.5 0.87 9.46 8.08

RSG RANGE SKATES
RSG | HEAVY DUTY SKATES WITH GROOVED GUIDE - SINGLE ROLLER
` Suitable for use over longer distances and/or permanent loads

` Center plate chain guide reduces wear significantly
` Optional fixing bolt holes available (standard on models RSG40 & RSG50)
` Maximum recommended speed of movement 16 feet per minute
A C
K J
I
G
H K
F E
D B

RSG40 44 4 13 43.2 10.64 5.12 8.27 1.18 2.68 0.39 0.55 4.1 0.71 6.9 3.74
RSG50 55 6 17 65.0 12.61 5.52 8.67 1.18 2.68 0.39 0.71 4.53 0.71 7.09 4.73
RSG65 72 4 13 114.0 14.97 6.62 10.64 1.65 2.99 0.75 0.75 5.71 0.87 8.67 5.52
RSG85 94 6 17 205.0 20.88 7.17 11.82 1.97 3.39 0.75 0.75 6.5 0.87 9.46 8.08
RSG100 110 8 21 240.3 22.85 7.29 11.82 1.97 3.39 0.75 0.91 6.7 1.02 9.85 9.85
RSG150 165 9 23 357.1 25.61 8.08 13.79 1.97 3.94 0.79 1.1 7.49 1.02 11.03 9.46
RSG200 220 13 31 586.4 35.46 8.08 14.97 1.97 3.94 0.79 1.5 7.88 1.3 11.82 14.18

RSD RANGE SKATES
RSD | HEAVY DUTY SKATES WITH GROOVED GUIDE - DOUBLE ROLLER
` Low height double roller design for even greater stability and safety
` Twin center plate chain guides reduce wear significantly
` Fixing bolt holes (6 nr.) included as standard feature
` Maximum recommended speed of movement 16 feet per minute
A
K
I C
G J
F E
B
D

RSD80 88 2x4 2x13 79.8 10.64 10.24 13.4 1.18 2.68 0.39 0.55 4.1 0.71 12.02 3.74
RSD100 110 2x6 2x17 126.8 12.61 11.03 14.18 1.18 2.68 0.39 0.71 4.53 0.71 12.81 4.73
RSD130 143 2x4 2x13 211.6 14.97 13.24 15.76 1.65 2.99 0.75 0.75 5.71 0.87 15.37 5.91
RSD170 187 2x6 2x17 385.8 20.88 14.34 18.91 1.97 3.39 0.75 0.75 6.5 0.87 16.94 8.27
RSD200 220 2x8 2x21 456.4 22.85 14.34 18.91 1.97 3.39 0.75 0.91 6.7 1.02 16.94 9.85
RSD300 331 2x9 2x23 672.4 25.61 16.15 22.06 1.97 3.94 0.79 1.1 7.49 1.02 19.31 9.46
RSD400 441 2x13 2x31 1069.2 35.46 16.15 23.25 1.97 3.94 0.79 1.5 7.88 1.3 19.7 14.18

HI-FORCE HYDRAULIC PRESSES
The Hi-Force range of workshop hydraulic presses

offers a choice of 25 models with either single acting
or double acting cylinder and manually operated,
air powered or electric powered hydraulic pump.
All models incorporate an adjustable work table
with additional adjustable top bed adjustment on
all models 55 tons capacity and above. All models
supplied with dual scale, hydraulic pressure gauge for
increased safety and load monitoring. Factory fitted
optional accessories include a mechanical bed winch
for easy adjustment of the work table, rolling head kit
for horizontal adjustment of the hydraulic cylinder and
multi-positional work piece V-blocks.
Ideally suited for use in workshop maintenance

departments, Hi-Force hydraulic presses are designed
and manufactured, with maximum strength and
durability, to provide years of trouble-free use in a wide
variety of applications.

PRESSES
HPF RANGE 168

Workshop presses, V-blocks and bed winches
PRESSES

HPF RANGE
PRESSES
HPF | WORKSHOP PRESSES
Stroke lengths from 9.85 to 13 inches
` Strong steel frame construction

` Choice of single or double acting hydraulic cylinder
` Manual, air or electric driven pump options
` Easily adjustable work table on all models
` Adjustable upper bed on all models 55 tons and above
Model Capacity Stroke Cylinder Pump Weight

Cylinder model Pump model
number (tons) (in) principle operation (lbs)
HPF1020 11 9.85 HSS1010 single acting HP110 hand operated 209.4
HPF1030 11 9.85 HSS1010 single acting AHP1120 air powered 187.4
HPF2520 28 9.85 HSS2510 single acting HP227 hand operated 319.7
HPF2530 28 9.85 HSS2510 single acting AHP1120 air powered 304.2
HPF2541 28 9.85 HSS2510 single acting HEP103341 electric driven 110V 352.7
HPF5020S 55 13 HSS5013 single acting HP257 hand operated 1036.2
HPF5020D 55 13 HDA5013 double acting HP252D hand operated 1102.3
HPF5030S 55 13 HSS5013 single acting AHP1121 air powered 1113.3
HPF5030D 55 13 HDA5013 double acting AHP1141 air powered 1113.3
HPF5041S 55 13 HSS5013 single acting HEP207311 electric driven 110V 1113.3
HPF5041D 55 13 HDA5013 double acting HEP207411 electric driven 110V 1060.4
HPF10020 110 13 HDA10013 double acting HP245D hand operated 2228.9
HPF10030 110 13 HDA10013 double acting HAP21042 air powered 2268.5
HPF10041 110 13 HDA10013 double acting HEP207421 electric driven 110V 2299.4
HPF20041 220 12.02 HDA20012 double acting HEP310421 electric driven 110V 7165.0
Note: All 380/440V models are suitable for operation at 50 Hz and 60 Hz.
All 110/120 and 220/240 volt models are supplied to run 50 Hz as standard. For 60 Hz requirements please add suffix 'H' to the Press model number.

PRESSES
HPF | WORKSHOP PRESSES
PRESS FRAME
F
J
G
C
H B
D
Note: Press bed and press head are adjustable in steps of ‘F’,
E 55 tons have 4 positions, 110 tons has 3 positions, 220 tons has
7 positions. 11 and 28 ton press frame has fixed press head
and adjustable press bed.

number A B C D (min - max) E (min - max) F G H J
HPF1000 29.23 57.05 20.02 49.57 10.24 39.79 5.91 - 5.99 26
HPF2500 29.94 57.05 20.02 49.57 10.24 39.79 5.91 - 5.99 26
HPF5000 39.4 80.97 31.52 44.92 61.46 15.56 32.11 5.52 10.17 11.74 39.4
HPF10000 39.4 78.01 39.4 42.95 53.98 21.67 32.7 5.52 13.32 15.29 48.86
HPF20000 47.28 110.32 49.25 71.51 83.33 24.03 59.49 5.91 13 16.15 68.95
Note: Press frame only available for fitment of customer existing hydraulic components.
BED WINCHES
` Allows for easy mechanical adjustment of the work table
` Supplied as a factory fitted option on 55 & 110 ton models only
Suffix Description
BW Bed winch, suitable for 55 and 110 ton models
V-BLOCKS
` Multi-position V-blocks with flat bed and V-shape press surfaces
` Available as standard for 11, 28, 55 and 110 ton presses
C
Model Capacity per Dimensions (in)
number set (tons) A B C D E F G H F
HVB2500 11 - 28 8.04 6.07 0.79 1.77 6.11 1.77 0.32 0.79 E
H
HVB5000 55 9.69 8.12 0.99 1.97 7.49 2.36 0.39 0.99
G B
HVB10000 110 12.84 10.87 1.38 2.36 10.44 3.35 0.39 1.38 A D

HI-FORCE SPECIALITY TOOLS
Hi-Force speciality tools includes a range of tools for a

variety of tool specific applications. The range includes
hydraulic hole punchers for heavy duty steel plates,
knock out punchers for electrical control panels and
thin steel plates and hydraulic pipe benders. All tools
are 10000 psi maximum working pressure and can be
operated using standard range Hi-Force hydraulic
pumps and accessories.

SPECIALITY TOOLS
HHP RANGE 172

Hole punchers
HKP RANGE 173

Knock out punchers
PB RANGE 174
Pipe bender
TOOL BOXES 175

Metal storage transport boxes
SPECIALITY TOOLS

HHP RANGE SPECIALITY TOOLS
HHP | HOLE PUNCHERS
Punching force up to 55 tons
Throat depth up to 2.96 inches
` Choice of single or double acting models

` Fitted with integral positioning and carrying handle
` Supplied with standard set of punches and dies
` Includes standard quick connect couplings
for easy attachment to pump and hose
A
Model Maximum Throat Punch capacity (in) Standard punch/die Weight excluding Dimensions (in)
number force (tons) depth (in) Steel plate Hole punch diameter sets inlcuded (in) pump (lbs) A B C D
HHP30 33 2.96 0.39 up to 0.81 7

⁄16”, ½", 11⁄16”, 13⁄16” 28.7 14.78 8.67 0.59 2.96
HHP50 55 2.56 0.59 up to 1 7

⁄16”, ½", 11⁄16”, 13⁄16”, 1" 92.6 16.75 11.07 0.59 2.56
Recommended pump and hose

Model number
Manually operated Pneumatically operated
HHP30 HP232 complete with HC3 10 feet hose AHP1120 complete with HC3 10 feet hose
HHP50 HP232D complete with 2 x HC3 10 feet hose AHP1141 complete with 2 x HC3 10 feet hose
Note: Pumps and hoses supplied separately

HKP RANGE SPECIALITY TOOLS
HKP | KNOCK OUT PUNCHERS
Capacity 11 tons
Standard die sets included
` Incorporates a single acting, spring assisted return cylinder

` Supplied with standard punches/die sets in a carrying case
` Can be supplied with or without manually operated pump and hydraulic hose
` Portable and easy to use
` Ideal for use in several punching applications including on-site hole
punching in electric control panels and metal plates
Model Maximum Punch capacity (in)

Pump model Hose model Complete set weight (lbs)
number force (tons) Stainless steel Mild steel
HKP10-2 11 0.06 0.13 HP110 HC2 32.2
HKP10-4 11 0.06 0.13 HP110 HC2 57.5
HKP10-2H 11 0.06 0.13 Not included Not included 15.4
HKP10-4H 11 0.06 0.13 Not included Not included 40.8
Model number Description Punches / dies included
Standard punch/die (A) 0.86 1.09 1.34 1.68 1.92 2.38
HKP10-2 Conduit size ½” ¾” 1” 1 ¼” 1 ½” 2”
Length (B) 12.06 9.46 9.46 9.46 9.46 9.46
Standard punch/die (A) 0.86 1.09 1.34 1.68 1.92 2.38 3 3.5 4.05 4.55
HKP10-4 Conduit size ½” ¾” 1” 1 ¼” 1 ½” 2” 2 ½” 3” 3 ½” 4”
Length (B) 12.06 9.46 9.46 9.46 9.46 9.46 9.97 9.97 9.97 9.97

PB RANGE SPECIALITY TOOLS
PB | HYDRAULIC PIPE BENDER
Capacity 11 tons
Bends up to 90 degrees
` Lightweight aluminum bending frame

` Designed to offer smooth, wrinkle free bend on various B
sizes and thicknesses of JIS standardized conduit pipes
` For use on pipe sizes from ½” to 3” (16 to 82 mm)
` Can be operated by manual or
powered pumps up to 10000 psi
` Portable and easy to use
` Bending shoes are available as individual items
C D E FGH
Max Oil Dimensions (in)

Model Stroke Weight
Capacity capacity Applicable range / included bending shoes
number (in) (lbs)
(tons) (in3) A B C D E F G H
PB10B 11 9.85 24.41 137.8 Thick steel conduit from ½” (16 mm) to 3” (82 mm) 28.37 5.79 29.75 27.38 23.44 19.5 15.56 11.62
Note: Weight for PB10B includes metal storage box but excludes pump and hose.
BENDING SHOES
For thick steel conduit from ½” (16 mm) to 3” (82 mm)

Model number
Pipe size (inch) Pipe outer diameter (in) Pipe inner diameter (in) Bending radius (in)
BS-B16 ½” 0.83 0.65 2.96
BS-B22 ¾” 1.04 0.86 3.55
BS-B28 1” 1.31 1.12 5.12
BS-B36 1 ¼” 1.65 1.45 7.68
BS-B42 1 ½” 1.88 1.69 9.06
BS-B54 2” 2.35 2.13 10.64
BS-B70 2 ½” 2.96 2.74 17.73
BS-B82 3” 3.46 3.24 19.7

TOOL BOXES SPECIALITY TOOLS
TOOL BOXES
Metal storage and transport box
Width up to 19.7 inches
Strong durable steel construction
` Choice of 4 sizes
` Anti-corrosion powder coated surface finish
` Ideal for storing and transporting Hi-Force products and accessories
` Maintains and protects tool condition in harsh environments
` Lockable feature helps control authorized tool usage
Model number Weight (lbs) Length (in) Width (in) Height (in)
MSB2 21.4 24.43 13.4 5.79
MSB4 30.4 34.48 11.03 9.85
MSB6 35.9 28.37 19.7 9.85
MSB8 67.2 43.34 19.7 9.85

MODEL NUMBER INDEX
MODEL NUMBER DESCRIPTION PAGE NUMBER

ACP Auto-centre hydraulic puller kits 139
AGA Gauge mounting block 55
AHP Air driven hydrotest pumps - standard flow 130
AHP-BTU Air driven pumps for bolt tensioners 113
AHP-C Chart recorder for AHP-CR and AHP2-CR pumps 135
AHP-CR Air driven hydrotest pumps - standard flow with chart recorder 131
AHP-PB Replacement pen for AHP-CR and AHP2-CR pumps 135
AHP11 Air driven single stage hand or foot operated pumps 49
AHP2 Air driven hydrotest pumps - medium flow 132
AHP2-CR Air driven hydrotest pumps - medium flow with chart recorder 133
ATDP Air driven twin double acting hydrotest pumps 134
BC Battery operated cable crimping tools 150
BP Battery pack for BPP & BC 33, 151
BPP Battery powered hydraulic pump 33
BS Bending shoes for hydraulic pipe bender 174
BW Bed winches for HPF presses 169
BWH Backup wrench holder 92
BWI Backup wrench imperial hexagon links 92
BWM Backup wrench metric hexagon links 92
CCU Vehicle charger unit 33, 151
CD Optional die sets for CH, SC & BC range 148, 149, 150
CF Female couplers 61, 96
CFD Metal dust cap for CF 61
CH Cable crimping heads 148
CHP Comprehensive crimper and pump kits 148
CK Complete conversion kits for STS 105, 107
CKS Complete conversion kits for SBT 101, 103
CM Male couplers 61, 96
CMD Metal dust cap for CM 61
CMF Complete coupler 61
CT Self-contained hydraulic cutters 153
CU Charger for BPP & BC 33, 151
DNS Double acting nut splitters 120
ERA Extended reaction arms for TWS-N and TWH-N 85, 89
FRL Filter/regulator/lubricator unit 97
HA Cylinder saddles 24, 25
HA-G Cylinder saddles 24, 25
HA-T Cylinder saddles 24, 25
HAP Air driven two stage general duty pumps 50
HAS Single acting solid piston aluminium cylinders 16
HBR Bush replacement tool kit 144
HC Black hoses with coupler 54
HC-C Black hoses with couplers 54
HC-CR Red hoses with couplers 54
HC-R Red hoses with coupler 54
HCC Chain cutters 157
HCH Hydraulic cutter heads 152
HD Cylinder saddles 24, 25
HD-T Cylinder saddles 24, 25
HDA Double acting high tonnage cylinders 13
HDD Digital display unit 57
HDG Digital pressure gauge 56
HEP1 Electric driven two stage mini pumps 34
HEP103 Electric driven two stage compact pumps 35

MODEL NUMBER INDEX

HEP2 Electric driven two stage pumps - medium flow 36
HEP3 Electric driven two stage pumps - high flow 37
HEP5 Electric driven two stage pumps - heavy duty high flow 38
HF Fittings and adaptors 61
HFA Single acting failsafe lock ring aluminium cylinders 18
HFG Single acting failsafe lock ring cylinders 15
HFL Single acting low height failsafe lock ring cylinders 14
HFO Premium grade hydraulic oil 60
HFS Hydraulic flange spreader kits 122
HFS-H Hydraulic flange spreaders 121
HFS-TK Hydraulic flange spreader twin kits 122
HFV Flow control valves 63
HG Pressure gauges 55
HG-G Pressure gauges - glycerine 55
HGA Gauge mounting blocks 55
HGG Single acting load return high tonnage industrial cylinders 20
HH Black hoses without couplers 54
HH-NMS Hoses for MHX pumps 128
HHA Single acting hollow piston aluminium cylinders 17
HHP Hole punchers 172
HH-R Red hoses without couplers 54
HHR Double acting hollow piston cylinders 12
HHS Single acting hollow piston cylinders 11
HKP Knock out punchers 173
HLS Single acting low height cylinders 9
HM Manifolds 58
HM1C Manual shut off valve 63
HM-C Controlled manifolds 58
HM-C-SU Controlled manifold assemblies (single) 59
HM-C-DU Controlled manifold assemblies (double) 59
HM-L Manifolds (extended parallel) 58
HMJ Steel machine lift jacks 69
HMNS Self-contained nut splitters 119
HP-STEEL Manually operated steel hand pumps 28
HP-ALU Manually operated aluminium hand pumps 29
HP-FP Manually operated foot pump 32
HP-FPC Manually operated foot pump with gauge, mounting block and hose 32
HP-HIGH FLOW Manually operated high flow hand pumps 30
HPC Single acting pull cylinders 22
HPF Workshop presses 168, 169
HPP Petrol engine driven pumps 51
HPR Pin and bush replacement tool kits 145
HPS Single acting low height pad cylinders 8
HPT Pressure transducer 57
HPV Adjustable pressure relief valve 63
HPX Manually operated ultra high pressure hand pumps 31
HPX-BTU Manually operated ultra high pressure hand pump for bolt tensioners 114
HRA Double acting high tonnage aluminium cylinders 19
HSG Single acting load return high tonnage construction cylinders 21
HSP Electric driven split flow multi-outlet pumps 39
HSS Single acting multi-purpose cylinders 10
HSWC Self-contained hydraulic wire rope cutters 155
HTN (imperial) Hydraulic tensioner nuts 110
HTN (metric) Hydraulic tensioner nuts 111

MODEL NUMBER INDEX

HTW Manual torque wrenches - break back type 79
HTWH Torque hose sets including couplers 96
HTWP Torque wrench pumps 93
HTWR Torque wrench hose reel 96
HVB Multi-position V-blocks for HPF presses 169
HVL Single acting very low height pancake cylinders 7
HWC Hammer blow wire rope cutters 154
HWRC Double acting wire rope cutters 156
IB Imperial hexagon AF size reducer bushes 90
IH Imperial allen hexagon drive adaptors 85
IS Imperial hexagon AF size heavy duty sockets 83
IW Pneumatic impact wrenches 97
JAH Aluminium jacks 67
JAS Aluminium multi-purpose jacks 66
JCH Compact hollow piston jacks 68
JCS Compact solid piston jacks 68
JS Jaw spreader 124
LLE Load lock extensions for TL 73
MB Metric hexagon AF size reducer bushes 91
MFS Mechanical flange spreaders 123
MH Metric allen hexagon drive adaptors 85
MHR Reservoir for MHX pump units 129
MHX Manually operated hydrotest pumps <?>
MHX-GK Pressure gauge kits for MHX pumps <?>
MHX-PU Manually operated hydrotest pump units <?>
MP Power supply for BPP & BC 33, 151
MS Metric hexagon AF size heavy duty sockets 84
MSB Metal storage transport boxes 175
NS Single acting nut splitters 118
PB Hydraulic pipe bender 174
PCS Pump and cylinder sets 23
PKC Comprehensive hydraulic puller kits 141
PKS Hydraulic 2 and 3-way puller kits 140
PMV Directional control valve, pump mounted 62
PMV-C Directional control valve, pump mounted, closed centre 62
PMV-L Directional control valve, pump mounted, load holding feature 62
PPA-WT Wheel trolley 38, 51
PPC Universal dust cap 61
QFP Quick fit pullers 108, 109
RKF Roller skate kits - quad 161
RKT Roller skate kit - tricycle 160
RLB Link bars for RKF 161
RLP Levelling plates for RKF and RSN 161, 162
RMV Directional control valve, remote mounted 62
RMV-C Directional control valve, remote mounted, closed centre 62
RMV-L Directional control valve, remote mounted, feature load holding 62
RPH Handles for RKF 161
RS Rotating sockets for SBT & STS 101, 103, 105, 107
RSA Heavy duty skates 163

MODEL NUMBER INDEX
RSD Heavy duty skates with grooved guide - double roller 165
RSG Heavy duty skates with grooved guide - single roller 164
RSN Multi-purpose skates 162
RTT Turntables for RKF and RSN 161, 162
SBT (imperial) Spring return topside bolt tensioners 100
SBT (metric) Spring return topside bolt tensioners 102
SBT-LC Tensioner load cell 101, 103
SC Self-contained crimping tools 149
SCP Self-contained hydraulic pullers 138
SDC Square drive conversion kits 89
SJS Stepped jaw spreader 125
SJS-M Self-contained stepped jaw spreader 125
SJS-TK Stepped jaw spreader twin kit 125
SLDC Sensor cables 43, 47
SLDS Displacement sensors 43, 47
SLE Slip lock extensions for TL 73
SLF Synchronous lifting system, fixed speed drive 40-43
SLMK Sensor cylinder mounting kits 42, 46
SLV Synchronous lifting system, variable speed drive 44-47
SPP Heavy duty hydraulic pullers 142-143
STFC Female tensioner coupler 115
STMC Male tensioner coupler 115
STN Nipple 115
STS (imperial) Topside bolt tensioners 104
STS (metric) Topside bolt tensioners 106
STS-B Tensioner bridge for SBT and STS 101, 103, 105, 107
STS-LC Tensioner load cell 105, 107
STU (imperial) Sub-sea bolt tensioners 108
STU (metric) Sub-sea bolt tensioners 109
TL ToughLift jacking systems 72-75
TLB Load block sets for TL 74
TP Tensioner threaded puller for STS 105, 107
TP-CS Torque coupling sets 94, 95
TPA Air driven torque pumps - premium line 94
TPE Electric driven torque pumps - premium line 95
TPS Tensioner threaded puller for SBT 101, 103
TS Cylinder saddles 24, 25
TSH Removable handle kits for TWS-N and TWH-N 85, 89
TTB Tommy bar for HFL, HFG and HFA 14, 15, 18
TTB Tensioner tommy bar for SBT, STS, STU and HTN 101, 103, 105, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111
TWG Manual torque multipliers 80
TWH-N Hydraulic torque wrenches - hexagon drive 86
TWH-NRH Ratchet heads for TWH-N 87, 88
TWM Manual torque wrenches - click type 78
TWP Pneumatic torque multipliers 81
TWS-N Hydraulic torque wrenches - square drive 82
XHC High pressure bolt tensioner hoses 115
XHH High pressure hoses for HPX pumps 31
XHR Hose reel for XHC hoses 115

Hi-Force Limited
Prospect Way, Daventry, Northants, NN11 8PL, United Kingdom
Tel: +44 1327 301 000 | Fax: +44 1327 706 555
[email protected]
Hi-Force International Offices:
Azerbaijan Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

Baku Dammam
Tel: +994 12 447 4100 Tel: +966 13 802 1338
Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected]
Italy United Arab Emirates

Milan Abu Dhabi
Tel: +39 0253 031 088 Tel: +971 2 551 3100
Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected]
Malaysia Dubai
Selangor Tel: +971 4 815 0600
Tel: +603 5525 4203 Email: [email protected]
Email: [email protected]
Jebel Ali Industrial Area
Netherlands Tel: +971 4 802 7400
Numansdorp Email: [email protected]
Tel: +31 (0)85 9028 111
Hi-Force North America:
Canada
Edmonton
Tel: +1 616 450 7860
United States
Grand Rapids
Tel: +1 800 540 1167 Email:
[email protected]
NORTHWEST STATES DISTRIBUTOR

SEATTLE 208-391-3895
HFM2003US-EE
[email protected] www.hi-force.com

Hi Force Product Catalog 2020

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Hi Force Product Catalog 2020

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Hi Force Product Catalog 2020

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PRODUCT

NORTHWEST STATES DISTRIBUTOR

Manual, pneumatic and hydraulic torque wrenches, multipliers, pumps

Hydraulic and self-contained nut splitters, hydraulic and mechanical

Self-contained and heavy duty hydraulic pullers, pin and bush

Multi-purpose and heavy duty skates and skate kits

CONTACTS Hi-Force Contacts Worldwide 180

The extensive range of Hi-Force hydraulic cylinders

PUMP AND CYLINDER SETS 23

CYLINDER SADDLES & PISTON ROD 24

CYLINDER SADDLES & PISTON ROD 25

CYLINDER & SETS

0.24 HPS50 HVL10 HVL20 HVL30 HVL50 HVL100

Main characteristics of Hi-Force cylinder range

6 [email protected] www.hi-force.com Northwest Region (Seattle) - 208-391-3895

Capacities from 11 to 115 tons

Stroke length 0.24 inches

Working pressure 10000 psi

` Single acting, load return

[email protected] www.hi-force.com Northwest Region (Seattle) - 208-391-3895 7

Capacities from 5 to 162 tons

Stroke lengths from 0.24 to 0.63 inches

Working pressure 10000 psi

` Single acting, spring assisted return

8 [email protected] www.hi-force.com Northwest Region (Seattle) - 208-391-3895

Capacities from 11 to 162 tons

Stroke lengths from 0.99 to 2.36 inches

Working pressure 10000 psi

` Single acting, spring assisted return A

*HLS101 features 2 base mounting holes at 90° from coupler

HLS501 55 0.99 10.86 11.05 18.5 3.59 5 2.76 M8 3.15 0.79

HLS502 55 2.36 26.11 11.05 22.9 4.96 5 2.76 M8 3.15 0.79

[email protected] www.hi-force.com Northwest Region (Seattle) - 208-391-3895 9

Capacities from 5 to 120 tons

Stroke lengths from 0.99 to 18.01 inches

Working pressure 10000 psi

` Single acting, spring assisted return *see pages 24 and 25 E

10 [email protected] www.hi-force.com Northwest Region (Seattle) - 208-391-3895

Capacities from 12 to 112 tons

Stroke lengths from 0.99 to 5.99 inches

Working pressure 10000 psi

` Single acting, spring assisted return F

[email protected] www.hi-force.com Northwest Region (Seattle) - 208-391-3895 11

Capacities from 36 to 272 tons

Stroke lengths from 2.01 to 12.02 inches

Working pressure 10000 psi

Capacity Oil Dimensions (in) (unless otherwise stated)

12 [email protected] www.hi-force.com Northwest Region (Seattle) - 208-391-3895

Capacities from 28 to 1115 tons

Stroke lengths from 5.99 to 20.02 inches

Working pressure 10000 psi

` Double acting design offers higher work output E

Capacity Dimensions (in) (unless otherwise stated)

Note: Other capacities and stroke lengths available on request.

[email protected] www.hi-force.com Northwest Region (Seattle) - 208-391-3895 13

Capacities from 55 to 573 tons

Stroke lengths from 1.77 to 2.01 inches

Working pressure 10000 psi

` Single acting, load return

14 [email protected] www.hi-force.com Northwest Region (Seattle) - 208-391-3895